LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC
SB-2/A, 1997-10-24
CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY & EQUIP
Previous: AMB PROPERTY CORP, S-11/A, 1997-10-24
Next: MAXXIS GROUP INC, S-1, 1997-10-24





<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 24, 1997
    
 
   
                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-35285
    
________________________________________________________________________________
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                   FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                            LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC.
                 (NAME OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
           ONTARIO, CANADA                               3531                                    N/A
     (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION            (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                  (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
           OF ORGANIZATION)                  CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                             7135 ISLINGTON AVENUE
                          WOODBRIDGE, ONTARIO L4L 1V9
                                 (905) 851-3988
                   (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL
               EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS)
 
                                LOUIS ALDROVANDI
                                   PRESIDENT
                             7135 ISLINGTON AVENUE
                          WOODBRIDGE, ONTARIO L4L 1V9
                                 (905) 851-3988
           (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
                STEVEN F. WASSERMAN, ESQ.                                   GREGORY SICHENZIA, ESQ.
               BERNSTEIN & WASSERMAN, LLP                                    SINGER ZAMANSKY, LLP
                    950 THIRD AVENUE                                           40 EXCHANGE PLACE
                   NEW YORK, NY 10022                                         NEW YORK, NY 10005
                     (212) 826-0730                                             (212) 809-8550
                  (212) 371-4730 (FAX)                                       (212) 344-0394 (FAX)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as reasonably
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [x]
 
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
 
                                                  (cover continued on next page)
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
(cover continued from previous page)

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                           PROPOSED           PROPOSED
                                                                            MAXIMUM           MAXIMUM         AMOUNT OF
              TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                  AMOUNT TO BE      OFFERING PRICE       AGGREGATE       REGISTRATION
            SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED               REGISTERED(1)     PER SECURITY(2)    OFFERING PRICE        FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<S>                                                   <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
 
Common Stock, no par value.........................     1,437,500(3)        $4.00        $     5,750,000      $ 1,742.25
Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
  Warrants(4)......................................     1,725,000(3)         0.15                258,750           78.40
Common Stock, no par value, underlying the Class A
  Warrants(5)......................................     1,725,000(3)         4.50              7,762,500        2,352.04
Underwriter' Purchase Option(6)....................       275,000            0.0001                27.50            1.00
Common Stock, no par value, underlying
  Underwriter's Purchase Option....................       125,000            6.60                825,000          250.00
Class A Redeemable Common Stock Warrants,
  underlying Underwriter's Purchase Option.........       150,000            0.2475               37,125           11.25
Common Stock, no par value, underlying Class A
  Warrants in Underwriter's Purchase Option(7).....       150,000            4.50                675,000          204.53
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total....................................       --                  --         $ 15,308,402.50      $ 4,639.47
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the 'Act'), this
    Registration Statement covers such additional indeterminate number of shares
    of Common Stock and Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants (the
    'Warrants') as may be issued by reason of adjustments in the number of
    shares of Common Stock and Warrants pursuant to anti-dilution provisions
    contained in the Warrants and Underwriter's Purchase Option. Because such
    additional shares of Common Stock and Warrants will, if issued, be issued
    for no additional consideration, no registration fee is required.
 
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating registration fee.
 
(3) Includes 187,500 Shares of Common Stock and 225,000 Class A Warrants subject
    to the Underwriter's over-allotment option (the 'Over-Allotment Option').
 
(4) The Class A Warrants are exercisable over a four (4) year period commencing
    one (1) year following the effective date of this Offering into one (1)
    share of Common Stock per Class A Warrant at an exercise price of $4.50 per
    share.
 
(5) The number of shares of Common Stock specified is the number which may be
    acquired by the holders of the Warrants upon exercise of the Class A
    Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants ('Class A Warrants') at the
    maximum exercise price thereof.
 
   
(6) The Underwriter's Purchase Option entitles the Underwriter to purchase
    125,000 Shares of Common Stock and 150,000 Class A Warrants at 165% of the
    offering prices (the 'Underwriter's Purchase Option').
    
 
(7) Issuable upon exercise of the Class A Warrants included in the Underwriter's
    Purchase Option.



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                            LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
               (SHOWING LOCATION IN THE PROSPECTUS OF INFORMATION
             REQUIRED BY ITEMS 1 THROUGH 23, PART I, OF FORM SB-2)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 ITEM IN FORM SB-2                                      PROSPECTUS CAPTION
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
 
<C>   <S>                                                                      <C>
  1.  Front of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover of
        Prospectus...........................................................  Facing Page of Registration
                                                                                 Statement; Outside Front Page of
                                                                                 Prospectus
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus................  Inside Front Cover Page of
                                                                                 Prospectus; Outside Back Cover
                                                                                 Page of Prospectus
  3.  Summary Information and Risk Factors...................................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
  4.  Use of Proceeds........................................................  Use of Proceeds
  5.  Determination of Offering Price........................................  Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                                                 Prospectus; Underwriting; Risk
                                                                                 Factors
  6.  Dilution...............................................................  Dilution; Risk Factors
  7.  Selling Securityholders................................................  Not Applicable
  8.  Plan of Distribution...................................................  Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                                                 Prospectus; Risk Factors;
                                                                                 Underwriting
  9.  Legal Proceedings......................................................  Business -- Litigation
 10.  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons...........  Management
 11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.........  Principal Stockholders
 12.  Description of Securities..............................................  Description of Securities;
                                                                                 Underwriting
 13.  Interest of Named Experts and Counsel..................................  Experts; Legal Matters
 14.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act
        Liabilities..........................................................  Underwriting; Certain Transactions
 15.  Organization Within Last 5 Years.......................................  Not Applicable
 16.  Description of Business................................................  Business; Risk Factors
 17.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation..............  Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                                                                 of Financial Condition and Results
                                                                                 of Operations
 18.  Description of Property................................................  Business -- Facilities
 19.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.........................  Certain Relationships and Related
                                                                                 Transactions
 20.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters...............  Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                                                 Prospectus; Prospectus Summary;
                                                                                 Description of Securities;
                                                                                 Underwriting
 21.  Executive Compensation.................................................  Management -- Executive Compensation
 22.  Financial Statements...................................................  Selected Financial Data; Financial
                                                                                 Statements
 23.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
        Financial Disclosures................................................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
                             PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 24, 1997
    
 
PROSPECTUS
                            LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC.
                        1,250,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                AND 1,500,000 WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
 
     LiftKing Industries Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the
Province of Ontario, Canada ('LiftKing' or the 'Company') hereby offers
1,250,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value (the 'Common Stock' or 'Shares'),
and 1,500,000 redeemable Class A Warrants to purchase Common Stock (individually
a 'Warrant', collectively the 'Warrants'). The Common Stock and Warrants
(collectively referred to herein as the 'Securities') will be separately
tradeable immediately upon issuance and may be purchased separately in varying
amounts.
 
                                             (Cover continued on following page)
                            ------------------------
     AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF
RISK AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION OF THE BOOK VALUE OF THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS
OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. SEE 'DILUTION' AND 'RISK FACTORS', WHICH BEGIN ON
PAGE 7.
                            ------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
       PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
        REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        UNDERWRITING
                                                                                        DISCOUNT AND        PROCEEDS TO
                                                                  PRICE TO PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)        COMPANY(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>                 <C>
  Per Share....................................................        $4.00                $.40               $3.60
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Per Warrant..................................................         $.15               $.015               $.135
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total(3)................................................      $5,225,000           $522,500           $4,702,500
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
   
(1) Does not reflect additional compensation to be received by the Underwriter
    in the form of: (i) a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 3% of the
    gross proceeds of the Offering in the amount of $156,750 ($180,262 if the
    Over-Allotment Option (defined below) is exercised in full), and (ii) an
    option to purchase 125,000 shares of Common Stock and 150,000 Warrants at
    not less than 165% of the initial public offering prices (the 'Underwriter's
    Purchase Option'). The Company and the Underwriter have agreed to indemnify
    each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 'Act'). See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offering payable by the Company (including
    the Underwriter's non-accountable expense allowance) estimated at $475,000
    ($498,512 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full).
 
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriter an option exercisable within 45 days
    of the date of this Prospectus ('Over-Allotment Option') to purchase up to
    187,500 additional Shares and 225,000 additional Warrants on the same terms
    as set forth above solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the
    Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, the total Price to the Public,
    Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to the Company will be
    $6,008,750, $600,875, and $5,407,875, respectively. See 'Underwriting.'
 
                            ------------------------
 
     The Securities are being offered hereby by the Underwriter on a firm
commitment basis, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriter,
and subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in part, to the approval
of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. It is
expected that the delivery of the certificates representing the Securities will
be made against payment therefor at the offices of the Underwriter on or about
               , 1997.
                            ------------------------
 
                         MONROE PARKER SECURITIES, INC.
                            ------------------------
 
              THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS                , 1997
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE
OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR
SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
(cover continued)
 
     The Class A Warrants shall be exercisable commencing one (1) year after the
date hereof (the 'Effective Date'). Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase
one (1) share of Common Stock at a price of $4.50 per share, subject to
adjustment, during the four (4) year period commencing one (1) year from the
Effective Date. The Warrants are redeemable by the Company for $.10 per Warrant,
at any time after                , 1998, upon thirty (30) days' prior written
notice, if the average closing price or bid price of the Common Stock, as
reported by the principal exchange on which the Common Stock is traded, Nasdaq
or the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, as the case may be, equals or
exceeds 250% of the then exercise price of the Warrants, for the ten (10)
consecutive trading days ending three (3) days prior to the date of the notice
of redemption. Upon thirty (30) days' written notice to all holders of the
Warrants, the Company shall have the right to reduce the exercise price and/or
extend the term of the Warrants. See 'Description of Securities.' Although the
Company has no current plans to reduce the exercise price and/or extend the term
of the Warrants, it may consider taking such action depending upon the Company's
financial condition, its financial needs and based upon general market
conditions.
 
     The Company has applied for inclusion of the Common Stock and the Warrants
on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market System ('Nasdaq'), the Pacific Stock Exchange (the
'Pacific Exchange'), and the Boston Stock Exchange ('Boston Exchange') although
there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop even if the
securities are accepted for quotation. Additionally, even if an active trading
market develops, the Company is still required to maintain certain minimum
criteria established by Nasdaq, the Pacific Exchange, and the Boston Exchange of
which there can be no assurance.
 
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock or the Warrants. It is currently anticipated that the initial public
offering price will be $4.00 per share of Common Stock and $.15 per Warrant. The
price of the Common Stock and the Warrants, as well as the exercise price of the
Warrants, have been determined by negotiations between the Company and Monroe
Parker Securities, Inc., the underwriter of this Offering (the 'Underwriter'),
and do not necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's assets, book
value, net worth or results of operations or any other established criteria of
value. The Underwriter may enter into arrangements with one or more
broker-dealers to act as co-underwriters of this Offering. For additional
information regarding the factors considered in determining the initial public
offering price of the Shares and Warrants and the exercise price of the
Warrants, see 'Risk Factors -- No Prior Public Market; Potential Limited Trading
Market; Possible Volatility of Stock Price,' 'Description of Securities' and
'Underwriting.'
 
                            ------------------------
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE SECURITIES,
INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS AND THE
IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE
'UNDERWRITING.'
 
     A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES TO BE SOLD IN THIS OFFERING MAY BE
SOLD TO CUSTOMERS OF THE UNDERWRITER WHICH MAY AFFECT THE MARKET FOR AND
LIQUIDITY OF THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES IN THE EVENT THAT ADDITIONAL
BROKER-DEALERS DO NOT MAKE A MARKET IN THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES, OF WHICH THERE
CAN NO ASSURANCE. SUCH CUSTOMERS SUBSEQUENTLY MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THE
SALE OR PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES THROUGH AND/OR WITH THE UNDERWRITER.
 
     ALTHOUGH IT HAS NO OBLIGATION TO DO SO, THE UNDERWRITER MAY FROM TIME TO
TIME ACT AS A MARKET MAKER AND OTHERWISE EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMPANY'S
SECURITIES. THE UNDERWRITER, IF IT PARTICIPATES IN THE MARKET, MAY BECOME A
DOMINATING INFLUENCE IN THE MARKET FOR SECURITIES. HOWEVER, THERE IS NO
ASSURANCE THAT THE UNDERWRITER WILL OR WILL NOT CONTINUE TO BE A DOMINATING
INFLUENCE. THE PRICES AND LIQUIDITY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREUNDER MAY BE
SIGNIFICANTLY AFFECTED BY THE DEGREE, IF ANY, OF THE UNDERWRITER'S PARTICIPATION
IN SUCH MARKET. SEE 'RISK FACTORS -- RESTRICTIONS ON MARKET MAKING ACTIVITIES
DURING WARRANT SOLICITATION MAY AFFECT LIQUIDITY OF SECURITIES.' THE UNDERWRITER
MAY DISCONTINUE SUCH ACTIVITIES AT ANY TIME OR FROM TIME TO TIME.
 
     THIS PROSPECTUS HAS NOT BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES COMMISSIONS OF ANY
CANADIAN PROVINCES NOR HAS ANY CANADIAN REGULATORY AUTHORITY PASSED UPON THE
MERITS OF THE DOCUMENT. THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN ARE NOT OFFERED FOR SALE
IN CANADA.
 
                                       2



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following is a summary of certain information (including financial
statements and notes thereto) contained in this Prospectus and is qualified in
its entirety by the more detailed information appearing elsewhere herein. In
addition, unless otherwise indicated to the contrary, all information appearing
herein does not give effect to (a) 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants; (b) 187,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Over-Allotment Option; (c) 225,000 shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants included in the Over-Allotment Option;
(d) 125,000 shares of Common Stock and 150,000 Warrants issuable upon exercise
of the Underwriter's Purchase Option;(e) 150,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants included in the Underwriter's Purchase Option; and
(f) shares of Common Stock issuable under the Company's stock option plans. See
'Description of Securities,' 'Underwriting,' and 'Management -- Stock Option
Plans and Agreements.' Each prospective investor is urged to read this
Prospectus in its entirety.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     LiftKing Industries Inc. was organized under the laws of the Province of
Ontario, Canada on April 25, 1989 and conducts its business operations with its
two (2) wholly-owned subsidiaries Liftmaster Limited and 463291 Ontario Limited
(collectively, 'LiftKing' or the 'Company'). The Company is a manufacturer of
heavy duty material handling equipment, rough-terrain material handlers, heavy
pallet transporters, transporters of liquid steel and liquid steel residuals
('Slag Pot Carriers'), and International Standard Organization ('ISO') container
handlers, as well as related service parts. The Company's products are marketed
under the LiftKing tradename, and management believes, are distinguished by
their complete line of four-wheel drive all-terrain material handlers, Slag Pot
Carriers for the steel mill industry, versatility of product applications, and
reliability of service and longevity. Products include conventional fork lifts
for the construction industry, general purpose vehicles for the steel and lumber
industry, specialized material handling equipment for the military, large load
and large container material handlers, along with a full range of heavy steel
transporters and Slag Pot Carriers. LiftKing's manufacturing centers upon
high-strength specialty steel, which management believes is unique both in
their shape and engineering design, and provide added strength with minimal
weight. As such, LiftKing products typically command premium prices. Management
believes the Company is capable of manufacturing and delivering material
handling equipment for virtually any application. For the year ended July 31,
1996, total sales of new units was $20,092,782 and income before taxes 
was $1,951,216.
    
 
   
     LiftKing's products are used in a wide variety of applications by
commercial and residential building contractors, as well as by other
construction, military, industrial, municipal and agricultural end-users.
    
 
   
     All-terrain four-wheel material handlers are especially useful in rough
terrain environments and congested job sites and mill locations, where their
maneuverability and ability to raise, extend and lower payloads provide
significant advantages over more traditional material handling equipment, such
as cranes, straight-mast forklifts and elevators. LiftKing rough-terrain
variable reach material handlers are typically used by residential,
non-residential, military and non-military institutions, and building
contractors for lifting, transporting and placing a wide variety of materials at
their point of use or storage. The Company's various models of material handlers
have a lift capacity of 6,000 pounds to 75,000 pounds and can position payloads
up to 42 feet above the ground or up to 30 feet in front of the machine's
chassis. Management believes the versatility of these units allows users to
lower overall costs by substituting a single material handler for one or more
other types of material handling equipment, as well as for certain labor
intensive material handling tasks. The Company believes it manufactures one of
the broadest product lines of varied material handling equipment, for the North
American market.
    
 
     In 1993 the Company identified a niche in the steel mill industry.
Traditionally, molten steel was moved in steel mills by overhead cranes. The
steel industry has since been required to adapt to changing market conditions
requiring the mills to cut costs, produce larger quantities of steel and in turn
producing greater quantities of steel residuals (slag). Accordingly the
traditional crane method of moving slag to a dumping site was no longer
practical.
 
                                       3
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     The Company's Slag Pot Carriers have the following features: (i) large
tires to enable the unit to move more quickly, (ii) hydraulic liquids in the
unit are fire retardant, (iii) the tires of the units are filled with fire
retardant material, and (iv) the driver's cab is self contained with an
extensive fire suppression system which may be activated within and without the
cab assembly. Additionally, the Company's Slag Pot Carriers have fire walls
protecting the driver from the slag pot, with automatic louvers which close to
further protect the driver from spillage and spray during dumping. The Company's
Slag Pot Carriers have a pot capacity ranging from 300 to 1,000 cubic feet of
slag, and are priced ranging from $350,000 to $750,000.
    
 
   
     The Company's elevating heavy pallet carriers ('Pallet Carriers') are
custom designed high capacity transport vehicles. The Company's pallet carriers
are designed to transport a wide variety of materials such as scrap buckets,
ladles, and slag pots. LiftKing's Pallet Carriers are designed to transport up
to 700 tons of material per pallet. Pallets are also used in the steel mill
industry to transport, coiled and finished steel products, steel booms and steel
coils.
    
 
   
     The Company's Pallet Carriers are designed to operate in extreme steel mill
conditions, similar to the Company's Slag Pot Carriers. The Company's Pallet
Carriers have the following features: (i) large tires to enable the unit to move
more quickly, (ii) hydraulic liquids in the unit are fire retardant, (iii) the
tires of the units are filled with fire retardant material, and (iv) the
driver's cab is self contained with an extensive fire suppression system which
may be activated within and without the cab assembly. Additionally, the
Company's Pallet Carriers can be manufactured with fire walls protecting the
driver from the material being carried by the pallet. The Company's Pallet
Carriers have a transporting capacity of 700 tons of material per pallet, and
are priced ranging from $350,000 to $750,000.
    
 
     The Company's military use material handlers transport heavy and light load
military equipment, supply equipment, and containers in a wide variety of
applications and environmental conditions. By incorporating specialized design
and manufacturing processes, the Company's military use equipment handlers are
able to operate in up to five feet of salt or fresh water. In situations where
docking facilities are not available for military and supply vessels, these
units provide the flexibility to maneuver offshore, load materials from offshore
platforms and ships, and transport them to the shore. These units are specially
designed and manufactured for combat conditions.
 
     LiftKing sells and distributes most of its products commercially through
approximately 94 independent equipment dealers located in the United States and
Canada. Internationally, LiftKing markets and distributes its products through a
variety of arrangements with dealers and distributors in 10 countries, including
the United States, Canada, Mexico, Algeria, Chile, England, Indonesia, China,
Korea, and Colombia. To facilitate the sale of its products, LiftKing offers its
independent equipment dealers financing assistance in connection with the
purchase of the Company's products. Such assistance consists of limited, back-up
financing guarantees which benefit dealers by providing them the opportunity to
obtain attractive financing terms on the Company's products, which in turn
allows dealers to stock more units for sale or rental.
 
   
     The Company continually seeks to introduce new material handlers and low
profile designs which provide an exceptional combination of maneuverability,
versatility and stability. Management believes this new product development has
allowed the Company to increase its sales in the rapidly growing rough-terrain
variable reach material handler market.
    
 
     The Company's executive offices are located at 7135 Islington Avenue,
Woodbridge, Ontario, Canada L4L 1V9. Its telephone number is (905) 851-3988. See
'Risk Factors' for a discussion of certain factors that should be considered in
evaluation of the Company and its business.
 
                                       4
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Securities Offered...........................  1,250,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,500,000 Class A Redeemable
                                                 Warrants (the 'Warrants') to purchase Common Stock at an
                                                 exercise price of $4.50 per share. The Common Stock and 
                                                 Warrants are offered and tradeable separately and the
                                                 Warrants are redeemable, and are exercisable for four years
                                                 commencing one year from the date of this Prospectus. See
                                                 'Description of Securities.'
Offering Prices..............................  $4.00 per Share and $.15 per Warrant
Shares Outstanding Prior to Offering.........  4,400,000 Shares.
Shares Outstanding After Offering............  5,650,000 Shares
Use of Proceeds..............................  The net proceeds of this Offering will be used for sales and
                                                 marketing, research and development, hiring of additional
                                                 personnel, purchasing of new equipment, leasehold improvements,
                                                 and for working capital purposes.
Proposed Nasdaq SmallCap Market Symbols(1)...  Common Stock -- LIFT Warrant -- LIFTW
Proposed Pacific Stock Exchange Symbols(1)...  Common Stock -- LIFT
                                               Warrant -- LIFTW
Proposed Boston Stock Exchange Symbols(1)....  Common Stock -- LIFT
                                               Warrant -- LIFTW
Risk Factors.................................  An investment in the securities offered hereby involves a high
                                                 degree of risk and immediate substantial dilution of the book
                                                 value of the Common Stock and should be considered only by
                                                 persons who can afford the loss of their entire investment. See
                                                 'Dilution' and 'Risk Factors.'
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Although the Company intends to apply for inclusion of the Common Stock and
    Warrants on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the Pacific Stock Exchange and the
    Boston Stock Exchange, there can be no assurance that the Company's
    securities will be included for quotation, or if so included that the
    Company will be able to continue to meet the requirements for continued
    quotation, or that a public trading market will develop or that if such
    market develops, it will be sustained.
 
                                       5
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The summary financial information set forth below is derived from the more
detailed combined financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus. The Companies maintain their books and records in Canadian
Dollars, but have reconciled such financial data to United States dollars (see
'Exchange Rate Data') and have prepared their combined financial statements
contained in this Prospectus in accordance with generally accepted accounting
and auditing standards in the United States. See 'Report of Independent
Auditors' and 'Combined Financial Statements.' All information should be read in
conjunction with the combined financial statements of the companies and the
notes contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     TEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                                         MAY 31,                 YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
                                                                --------------------------    --------------------------
                                                                   1997           1996           1996           1995
                                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Operating Results:
    Revenues.................................................   $17,608,177    $17,814,993    $20,092,782     20,252,059
    Net income...............................................     1,265,776      1,373,502      1,435,244        625,396
    Earnings per share after extraordinary items.............          0.29           0.31           0.33           0.14
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding.....     4,400,000      4,400,000      4,400,000      4,400,000
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                  1994
                                                               -----------
 
<S>                                                             <C>
Operating Results:
    Revenues.................................................  $11,818,047
    Net income...............................................      336,970
    Earnings per share before extraordinary items............         0.08
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding.....    4,400,000
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AS AT MAY 31, 1997                            
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                    (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED) 
                                      ACTUAL       PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED  
                                    -----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------- 
                                                   ADJUSTMENT    ADJUSTMENT
                                                    (1(I))       (1(II))       TOTAL(1)          (2)
 
<S>                                 <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>         
Balance Sheet Data:
    Working capital...............  $ 2,050,189    $ 555,178     $(559,000 )   $2,046,367     $ 6,273,867   
    Total assets..................   10,137,038     (594,658 )    (559,000 )    8,983,380      13,210,880   
    Long-term debt................      827,648     (812,059 )           0         15,589          15,589     
    Total liabilities.............    8,281,596    (1,728,554)           0      6,553,042       6,553,042     
    Stockholders' equity..........    1,855,442    1,133,896      (559,000 )    2,430,338       6,657,838       
 
<CAPTION>
                                               AS AT JULY 31,
                                    -----------------------------------------

                                       1996           1995           1994
                                    -----------    ----------   -------------
 
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>           <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
    Working capital...............   $5,409,191    $ 3,296,032    $2,308,795
    Total assets..................    9,098,296     13,906,032     6,382,909
    Long-term debt................    5,215,970      3,962,357     2,643,420
    Total liabilities.............    8,252,595     13,753,644     5,556,154
    Stockholders' equity..........      845,701        152,388       826,755
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
    
 
   
(1) The information in this table has been restated to reflect the pro forma
    financial position of the Company giving effect to (i) the
    exclusion of LiftKing Incorporated (see note 1a to the interim combined
    financial statements as at May 31, 1997) and (ii) the reorganization
    transactions completed in anticipation of the public offering (see note 14
    to the interim combined financial statements as at May 31, 1997). See
    'Capitalization.'
    
 
   
(2) Reflects the issuance of the 1,250,000 Shares and 1,500,000 Warrants offered
    hereby and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.
    
 
                                       6



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     An investment in the securities offered hereby is speculative and involves
a high degree of risk and substantial dilution and should only be purchased by
investors who can afford to lose their entire investment. Prospective
purchasers, prior to making an investment, should carefully consider the
following risks and speculative factors, as well as other information set forth
elsewhere in this Prospectus, associated with this Offering, including the
information contained in the Financial Statements herein.
 
   
     1. CONTROL BY MANAGEMENT. Upon completion of this Offering, officers and
directors of the Company will beneficially own, in the aggregate, and will have
the right to vote approximately 65.69% of the then issued and outstanding Common
Stock of the Company (approximately 63.59% if the Over-Allotment Option is
exercised in full). The Chairman and President of the Company will own
approximately 63% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock after the Offering.
Accordingly, such holders will be in a position to elect all of the directors
and thereby control the Company. See 'Principal Stockholders'.
    
 
   
     2. BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS BY MANAGEMENT. Approximately
$1,877,500 or 44% of the net proceeds of this Offering, have been allocated to
working capital of the Company, which funds will be utilized for general
corporate purposes including accounts payable and payroll. The allocation of
proceeds described in the 'Use of Proceeds' section represents the Company's
best estimate of its allocation based upon the current state of its business,
operations and plans, current business conditions and the Company's evaluation
of its industry. Future events, including problems, delays, expenses and
complications which may be encountered, changes in economic or competitive
conditions and the results of the Company's sales and marketing activities may
make shifts in the allocation of funds necessary or desirable. Management of the
Company will have broad discretion in the application of such proceeds. See 'Use
of Proceeds.'
    
 
   
     3. RELIANCE ON COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS. The Company is dependent on outside
suppliers for all of the subcomponent parts and raw materials necessary to
manufacture the Company's products. A shortage, delay in delivery, or lack of
availability of a given part or raw material could lead to manufacturing delays,
which could reduce sales until the problem is remedied. The Company is not
dependent upon any single supplier for all of its components. The Company
purchases some custom parts. The failure of a vendor of one of these customized
components could cause a lengthy delay in production, resulting in a loss of
revenues.
    
 
   
     4. DEPENDENCE ON LARGE CUSTOMERS. Sales to the Company's major customer in
fiscal 1996 totaled $10,581,047 (52.7% of all sales). Sales to the Company's
major customer in fiscal 1995 totaled $12,557,578 (62% of all sales). During
fiscal 1994, sales to the Company's major customer totaled $4,879,245 (41.3% of
all sales).
    
 
   
     The dependence on major customers subjects the Company to significant
financial risks in the operation of its business should a major customer
terminate, for any reason, its business relationship with the Company. In such
event the financial condition of the Company may be adversely affected and the
Company may be required to obtain additional financing, of which there can be no
assurance. Currently less than 60% of the Company's revenues are derived from
the military and are expected to diminish as a percentage of sales.
    
 
   
     5. DEFENSE INDUSTRY DOWNSIZING -- HISTORICAL DEPENDENCE ON GOVERNMENT
CONTRACTS. Recent world events have resulted in a decreased demand for defense
related products causing a general downsizing of the United States defense
industry. While the Company has changed its strategy for growth by a conversion
to primarily commercial business, there can be no assurance that it will be
completely successful in this objective. See 'Business -- Military
Applications.'
    
 
   
     6. LACK OF PRICE STABILITY. The Company's sales to the United States
military have historically occurred in a relatively stable price environment.
Pressure in defense spending may adversely affect prices and profit margins in
that market. While the Company believes that its emphasis on the commercial
market will help it to better manage such a change in the defense market, there
can be no assurance that it will be completely successful in this objective.
    
 
   
     7. CYCLICALITY. The markets for the Company's products have historically
been cyclical. Because a majority of the Company's products are used in the
construction, steel and lumber industries, its sales,
    
 
                                       7
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
and therefore its results of operations, are significantly dependent upon the
general state of the economy, regional economic conditions, interest rates and
other factors affecting residential and commercial building activities. During
periods of expansion in the economy, the Company generally has benefited from
increased demand for its products. Conversely, during recessionary times, the
Company has been adversely affected by declines in demand for such products. In
addition, sales to the equipment rental industry may be more cyclical than sales
for construction equipment generally. There can be no assurance that growth in
the markets for the Company's products will occur or that such growth will
result in increased demand for the Company's products. See 'Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition.' and
'Business.'
    
 
   
     8. PRODUCT RECALL. From time to time, the Company discovers defects in
product design for existing products which require it to take steps to correct
or retrofit at the Company's expense, previously sold products. See
'Business -- Product Liability and Product Recall.'
    
 
   
     9. DEPENDENCE ON CERTAIN SUPPLIERS. Certain of the components included in
the Company's products are currently being obtained from a single supplier or a
limited number of suppliers. Disruption or termination of supplier relationships
could have an adverse effect on the Company's operations. The Company believes
that alternative sources could be obtained, if necessary, but the inability to
obtain sufficient quantities of the components or the need to develop
alternative sources, if and as required in the future, could result in delays or
reductions in product shipments, or higher purchasing costs, which in turn could
have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and customer
relationships. See 'Business -- Manufacturing and Raw Materials.'
    
 
   
     10. IMPACT OF CHANGING STEEL PRICES. A principal raw material used by the
Company in its manufacturing operation is steel. The steel industry as a whole
is cyclical, and steel prices are volatile due to numerous factors which are
beyond the control of the Company. This volatility can significantly affect the
Company's raw materials costs. Competitive conditions determine the extent to
which steel price increases can be passed on to the Company's customers.
Historically, the Company has been able to pass on increases in steel prices to
the Company's customers. If the Company is unable to pass some or all of the
future steel price increases on to its customers, the Company's financial
performance could be adversely affected.
    
 
   
     11. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. Like many manufacturing companies, the
Company is subject to various environmental laws, including, but not limited to,
those governing air emissions, water discharges, and the storage, handling,
disposal and remediation of petroleum and hazardous substances. The Company has
in the past and likely will in the future incur expenditures in order to ensure
compliance with such environmental laws. If environmental laws become more
stringent, the Company's environmental capital expenditures and costs for
environmental compliance may increase in the future. In addition, due to the
possibility of unanticipated factual or regulatory developments, the amount and
timing of future environmental expenditures could vary substantially from those
currently anticipated. See 'Business -- Environmental and Safety Regulation.'
    
 
   
     12. RISK OF CLAIMS FOR PRODUCT LIABILITY. Due to the nature of its
products, the Company may be subject to significant claims of product liability.
The Company currently maintains product liability insurance with an annual
aggregate limit of $4,000,000 (Canadian). There can be no assurance that
proceeds available under the Company's insurance policy would be adequate to
cover potential product liability claims. A successful claim against the Company
in excess of the Company's insurance coverage could have a material adverse
affect on the financial results of the Company. However, if claims arise as a
result in defects in any of the raw material components of the Company's units,
the Company would have the right to seek indemnification from the suppliers of
the raw material components. To date, the Company's product liability costs for
any claim have not exceeded its insurance amount. See 'Business -- Product
Liability and Product Recall.'
    
 
   
     13. DILUTION. This Offering involves immediate substantial dilution to
investors of $2.82 per share (or approximately 70.5% of the per-Share Offering
price of $4.00), representing the difference between the pro forma net tangible
book value per Share immediately after the completion of this Offering and the
Offering price per Share. See 'Dilution.'
    
 
                                       8
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     14. DEPENDENCE UPON MANAGEMENT AND TECHNICAL PERSONNEL. The success of the
Company is highly dependent upon the continued services of Louis Aldrovandi, the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer and Mark Aldrovandi, the
Company's Vice President and General Manager. The Company has entered into 5
year employment agreements with each of Louis Aldrovandi and Mark Aldrovandi.
The Company is in the process of obtaining key man insurance on the lives of
Louis and Mark Aldrovandi in the individual amounts of $1,000,000. There can be
no assurances that the Company will be able to replace Louis or Mark Aldrovandi
in the event either of their services become unavailable or that the proceeds of
such insurance would be adequate to compensate the Company for the loss of
either of their services. See 'Management.'
    
 
     Due to the specialized nature of the Company's business, the Company is
highly dependent on the continued service of, and on its ability to attract and
retain, qualified technical, engineering and marketing personnel, particularly
highly skilled engineers involved in the development of new products and
processes and test technicians involved in the manufacture and enhancement of
existing products. The loss of such persons, as well as the failure to recruit
additional key technical personnel in a timely manner, would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
   
     15. PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY; RISK OF THIRD PARTY CLAIMS OF INFRINGEMENT. The
Company's ability to compete successfully and achieve future revenue growth will
depend, in part, on its ability to protect its proprietary technology and
operate without infringing upon the rights of others. LiftKing Incorporated
Inc., an affiliate of the Company, is currently a party to pending lawsuit for
patent infringement. Such litigation or claims could result in substantial
costs, and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition, and results of operations. The
failure of the Company to protect its proprietary technology could have a
material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of
operations. See 'Business -- Legal Proceedings.'
    
 
   
     16. TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE. Certain of the Company's products are subject to
changing technology which could place the Company at a competitive disadvantage
relative to alternative products introduced by competitors. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to achieve the technological advances or
introduce new products that may be necessary to remain competitive.
    
 
   
     17. ABSENCE OF OUTSIDE DIRECTORS. Presently, both of the directors of the
Company are also the only officers of the Company and, consequently, there are
no outside directors. Accordingly, the views of persons other than members of
management may not be fully represented at meetings of the Board of Directors.
See 'Management.'
    
 
   
     18. DEPENDENCE ON PRINCIPAL FACILITY; TRANSACTION WITH RELATED PARTY. The
Company's operations are conducted principally at one facility. Although the
Company has not experienced any material disruption of operations at its key
facility in Woodbridge, Ontario, Canada, in the event that operations were
disrupted as a result of equipment failures, natural disasters, work stoppages
or other reasons, the Company's business and results of operations could be
adversely affected. The Company maintains property damage insurance which it
believes to be adequate to provide for reconstruction of its facilities and
equipment, as well as business interruption insurance to mitigate losses
resulting from any production shutdown caused by an insured loss. However, no
assurance can be given that such insurance will be adequate to cover losses that
may occur.
    
 
   
     The Company leases its principal facility from Aldrovandi Equipment,
Limited, a company wholly-owned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and
President. Such lease expires July 31, 2002, with monthly payments of $24,000.
While it is generally believed that the terms of the lease are fair and
reasonable, such lease was not entered into at arm's length. See
'Business -- Facilities' and 'Certain Transactions.'
    
 
   
     19. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. In addition to acting as Chief
Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and President of the Company, Louis
Aldrovandi serves in similar capacities with other companies with which the
Company has had, and continues to have, business relationships. Certain of these
companies are wholly-owned by Mr. Aldrovandi and have engaged in related party
transactions with the Company. While it is generally believed that these
transactions were on terms that were fair and reasonable, such transactions were
not at arms length. Situations may arise in the future, by reason
    
 
                                       9
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
of these relationships, which will represent a conflict of interest. 
Transactions between the Company and its officers, directors, employees and
affiliates will be on terms no less favorable to the Company than can be 
obtained from independent, disinterested third parties. Upon appointment of 
additional directors, any such transactions will be subject to the approval of
a majority of the independent disinterested members of the Board of Directors. 
See 'Certain Transactions.'
    
 
   
     20. COMPETITION. In the material handling industry, the market for the
Company's products is highly competitive and relatively fragmented, with a large
number of competitors. Many of the Company's competitors in the material
handling industry are larger than the Company and have greater financial,
marketing and technical resources. In addition, the Company may encounter
competition from new market entrants. There can be no assurance that competitors
will not take actions, including developing new products, which could adversely
affect the Company's sales and operating results. See 'Business -- Competition.'
    
 
   
     21. NO DIVIDENDS. The Company has not paid any dividends on its Common
Stock since its inception and does not intend to pay dividends on its Common
Stock in the foreseeable future. Any earnings which the Company may realize in
the foreseeable future will be retained to finance the growth of the Company.
See 'Dividend Policy.'
    
 
   
     22. NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POTENTIAL LIMITED TRADING MARKET; POSSIBLE
VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE. Prior to this Offering, there has been no public
market for the Securities and there can be no assurance that an active trading
market in the Securities will develop or be maintained. In the absence of such a
market, an investor may find it more difficult to sell the Securities offered
hereby. The initial public offering price of the Common Stock and Warrants and
the exercise price of the Warrants were determined by negotiation between the
Company and the Underwriter, and may not be indicative of the market price for
such securities in the future, and does not necessarily bear any relationship to
the Company's assets, book value, net worth or results of operations of the
Company or any other established criteria of value. In addition, the stock
market in recent years has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations
that have particularly affected the market prices of many smaller companies. The
trading price of the Securities is expected to be subject to significant
fluctuations in response to variations in quarterly operating results, changes
in analysts' earnings estimates, announcements of innovations by the Company or
its competitors, general conditions in the materials handling and equipment
moving industry and other factors. These fluctuations, as well as general
economic and market conditions, may have a material adverse effect on the market
price of the Company's Securities. See 'Underwriting -- Determination of Public
Offering Price,' 'Description of Securities' and 'Financial Statements.'
    
 
   
     23. NASDAQ LISTING AND CONTINUED LISTING REQUIREMENTS; POSSIBLE DELISTING
OF SECURITIES BY NASDAQ. Under the recently adapted rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc ('NASD'), in order to qualify for initial
quotation of securities on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market, a company, among other
things, must have at least $4,000,000 in net tangible assets, 1,000,000 shares
in the public float, $5,000,000 in market value of public float, and a minimum
bid price of $4.00 per share. Although the Company may upon the completion of
this Offering qualify for initial quotation of its securities on The Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, for continued listing on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market, a company,
among other things, must have $2,000,000 in net tangible assets, 500,000 shares
in the public float, $1,000,000 in market value of public float and a minimum
bid price of $1.00 per share. If the Company is unable to satisfy the
requirements for quotation on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market, trading, if any, in
the Common Stock and Warrants offered hereby (other than trading on the Pacific
Exchange) would be conducted in the over-the-counter market in what are commonly
referred to as the 'pink sheets' or on the NASD OTC Electronic Bulletin Board.
As a result, an investor may find it more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain
accurate quotations as to the price of, the securities offered hereby. The
above-described rules may materially adversely affect the liquidity of the
market for the Company's securities. See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
     24. PENNY STOCK REGULATIONS MAY IMPOSE CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON
MARKETABILITY OF SECURITIES. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the
'Commission') has adopted regulations which generally define a 'penny stock' to
be any equity security that has a market price (as defined) of less than $5.00
per share or an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain
exceptions. Since it is intended that the shares of Common Stock and Warrants
offered hereby will be authorized for quotation on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market,
the Pacific Exchange and the Boston Stock Exchange, such securities will
initially be exempt from the definition of 'penny stock.' If the shares of
Common Stock
    
 
                                       10
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
and Warrants offered hereby are removed from listing by The Nasdaq SmallCap
Market, the Pacific Stock Exchange and the Boston Stock Exchange at any time
following the Effective Date, the Company's Common Stock and Warrants may become
subject to rules that impose additional sales practice requirements on
broker-dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established
customers and accredited investors (generally those with assets in excess of
$1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with their
spouse). For transactions covered by these rules, the broker-dealer must make a
special suitability determination for the purchase of such securities and have
received the purchaser's written consent to the transaction prior to the
purchase. Additionally, for any transaction involving a penny stock, unless
exempt, the rules require the delivery, prior to the transaction, of a risk
disclosure document mandated by the Commission relating to the penny stock
market. The broker-dealer must also disclose the commission payable to both the
broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the
securities and, if the broker-dealer is the sole market maker, the broker-dealer
must disclose this fact and the broker-dealer's presumed control over the
market. Finally, monthly statements must be sent disclosing recent price
information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the
limited market in penny stocks. Consequently, the 'penny stock' rules may
restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell the Company's securities and may
affect the ability of purchasers in this Offering to sell the Company's
securities in the secondary market and the price at which such purchasers can
sell any such securities.
 
   
     25. CURRENT PROSPECTUS AND STATE BLUE SKY REGISTRATION REQUIRED TO EXERCISE
WARRANTS. The Company will be able to issue shares of its Common Stock upon
exercise of the Warrants only if there is then a current prospectus relating to
such Common Stock and only if such Common Stock is qualified for sale or exempt
from qualification under applicable state securities laws of the jurisdictions
in which the various holders of the Warrants reside. The Company has undertaken
and intends to file and keep current a prospectus which will permit the purchase
and sale of the Common Stock underlying the Warrants, but there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to do so. Although the Company intends
to seek to qualify for sale the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants
in those states in which the securities are to be offered, no assurance can be
given that such qualification will occur. The Warrants may be deprived of any
value and the market for the Warrants may be limited if a current prospectus
covering the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants is not kept
effective or if such Common Stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification
in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the Warrants then reside. See
'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
     26. POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF REDEMPTION OF WARRANTS. The Warrants may be
redeemed by the Company at any time commencing (i) twelve (12) months from the
date of this Prospectus at a redemption price of $.10 per Warrant, with the
consent of the Underwriter, or (ii) eighteen (18) months from the date of this
Prospectus without the consent of the Underwriter, upon not less than 30 days
prior written notice if the average closing price or bid price of the Common
Stock as reported by the principal exchange on which the Common Stock is traded,
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated, as
the case may be, equals or exceeds 250% of the then exercise price of the
Warrants on the ten (10) consecutive trading days ending three (3) days prior to
the date on which notice of redemption is given. Notice of redemption of the
Warrants could force the holders to exercise the Warrants and pay the exercise
price at a time when it may be disadvantageous for them to do so, to sell the
Warrants at the current market price when they might otherwise wish to hold the
Warrants, or to accept the redemption price which would be substantially less
than the market value of the Warrants at the time of redemption. See
'Description of Securities -- Warrants.'
    
 
   
     27. RESTRICTIONS ON MARKET MAKING ACTIVITIES DURING WARRANT SOLICITATION
MAY AFFECT LIQUIDITY OF SECURITIES. Although they have no legal obligation to do
so, the Underwriter from time to time may act as market makers and may otherwise
effect and influence transactions in the Company's securities. However, there is
no assurance that the Underwriter will continue to effect and influence
transactions in the Company's securities. The prices and liquidity of the
Company's securities may be significantly affected by the degree, if any, of the
Underwriter's participation in the market. The Underwriter may voluntarily
discontinue such participation at any time. Further, the market for, and
liquidity of, the Company's securities may be adversely effected by the fact
that a significant amount of the securities may be sold to customers of the
Underwriter.
    
 
                                       11
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     To the extent that the Underwriter solicits the exercise of the Warrants,
the Underwriter may be prohibited pursuant to the requirements of Regulation M
under the Exchange Act from engaging in market making activities during such
solicitation and for a period of up to five days preceding such solicitation. As
a result, the Underwriters may be unable to continue to provide a market for the
Company's securities during certain periods while the Warrants are exercisable.
The Underwriter is not obligated to act as a marketmaker. See 'Underwriting.'
 
   
     28. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE MAY
ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET. The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 of
shares of its Common Stock, no par value. If all of the 1,250,000 Shares offered
hereby are sold, there will be a total of 5,650,000 shares of Common Stock
issued and outstanding. However, the total number of shares of Common Stock
issued and outstanding does not include the exercise of up to 1,500,000 Warrants
to purchase up to 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock, 187,500 Shares included in
the Over-Allotment Option, 225,000 Warrants to purchase up to 225,000 shares of
Common Stock included in the Over-Allotment Option, the option granted to the
Representative to purchase up to 125,000 Shares and 150,000 Warrants to purchase
150,000 shares of Common Stock in connection with this offering, and 750,000
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options that may be granted
pursuant to the Incentive Option Plan (none of which have been granted). As a
result, any issuance of additional shares of Common Stock may cause current
shareholders of the Company to suffer significant dilution which may adversely
affect the market. The Company has no present plans to issue any shares of
Common Stock. The Company has agreed with the Underwriter that it will not issue
any of its capital stock for a period of thirty six months from the Effective
Date without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.
    
 
   
     29. SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET.
Immediately prior to the Effective Date, the Company will have 4,400,000 shares
of its Common Stock issued and outstanding all of which are 'restricted
securities.' All of such Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 as described
below commencing August 1998. The directors of the Company have agreed not to
sell, assign or transfer the securities of the Company owned by them for a
period of thirty six (36) months from the date of this Prospectus without the
prior consent of the Underwriter.
    
 
     Rule 144 provides, in essence, that a person holding 'restricted
securities' for a period of one year may sell only an amount every three months
equal to the greater of (a) one percent of the Company's issued and outstanding
shares, or (b) the average weekly volume of sales during the four calendar weeks
preceding the sale. The amount of 'restricted securities' which a person who is
not an affiliate of the Company may sell is not so limited, since non-affiliates
may sell without volume limitation their shares held for two years if there is
adequate current public information available concerning the Company. In such an
event, 'restricted securities' would be eligible for sale to the public at an
earlier date. The sale in the public market of such shares of Common Stock may
adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Common Stock.
 
                                       12
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
          ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES AGAINST FOREIGN PERSONS
 
     The Company and its officers, directors, and auditors are residents of
Canada and substantially all of the assets of the Company and of such persons
are or may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be
difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States
upon the Company or such persons, or to enforce against them judgments obtained
in United States courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the
Securities Act. The Company has appointed Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP as its
agent of process in any action against the Company in any federal court or court
of the State of New York arising out of the offering made hereby by the Company
or in connection with any purchase of sale herewith. The Company believes that a
judgment of a United States court predicated solely upon civil liability under
the Securities Act would probably be enforceable in Canada if the United States
court in which the judgment was obtained had a basis for jurisdiction in the
matter that was recognized by a Canadian court for such purposes. However, there
is substantial doubt whether an action could be brought in Canada in the first
instance on the basis of liability predicated solely upon such laws. If
investors have questions with regard to these issues, they should seek the
advice of their individual counsel. The Company has also been informed that,
pursuant to the Currency Act (Canada), a judgment by a court in any Province of
Canada may only be awarded in Canadian currency. Pursuant to the provisions of
the Courts of Justice Act (Ontario), however, a court in the Province of Ontario
shall give effect to the manner of conversion to Canadian currency of an amount
in a foreign currency, where such manner of conversion is provided for in an
obligation enforceable in Ontario.
 
                             CURRENCY PRESENTATION
 
     The Company maintains its books of account in Canadian dollars. For the
convenience of the reader, and except as otherwise indicated, all of the dollar
amounts stated in this Prospectus have been translated into United States
dollars (U.S.$) at the currency conversion rate in effect at the applicable date
presented.
 
                      EXCHANGE RATE OF THE CANADIAN DOLLAR
 
     The Company maintains its books of account in Canadian dollars. Since June
1, 1970, the Government of Canada has permitted a floating exchange rate to
determine the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar. The annual
range of spot rates for the Canadian dollar for the five years ended November
30, 1996, was as follows (expressed in U.S. dollars):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
                                                                -----------------------------------------
                                                                1992     1993     1994     1995     1996
                                                                -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
 
<S>                                                             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
High U.S.$...................................................   .8848    .8055    .7733    .7512    .7472
Low U.S.$....................................................   .8032    .7463    .7174    .7105    .7274
</TABLE>
 
     On                     , 1997, the noon spot rate as reported by Bank of
Canada was U.S.$1.00 -- Can.     .
 
                                       13



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,250,000 shares and
1,500,000 Warrants offered hereby are estimated to be $4,227,500 (after
deducting approximately $522,500 in underwriting discounts, and other expenses
of this Offering estimated to be $475,000, which includes the Underwriter's
non-accountable expense allowance of $156,750) (but not considering any exercise
of the Over-Allotment Option, or the Underwriter's Purchase Option, the proceeds
of which would be added to working capital). The Company, based upon all
currently available information, intends to utilize such proceeds approximately
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   APPROXIMATE    PERCENTAGE OF
                    APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS                          AMOUNT       NET PROCEEDS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------   -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>
Sales and marketing(1)..........................................   $  300,000           7.1%
Hire additional sales, operations and administrative
  personnel(2)..................................................      300,000           7.1
Equipment and leaseholds(3).....................................      750,000          17.7
Research and development(4).....................................    1,000,000          23.7
Working capital(5)..............................................    1,877,500          44.4
                                                                   -----------       ------
                                                                   $4,227,500         100.0%
                                                                   -----------       ------
                                                                   -----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) The net proceeds allocated to sales and marketing efforts are expected to be
    applied towards the promotion of the Company's products in export markets,
    including the United States and Mexico, over the next 12 months, and
    establishing a floor plan incentive for existing dealer base. The proceeds
    are also intended to be applied to travel, trade shows, promotional
    materials and the expansion of the distribution network.
 
(2) The Company anticipates hiring additional sales, operations and
    administrative employees and has allocated these net proceeds to fund
    certain incremental costs over the next 12 months.
 
(3) The net proceeds allocated to equipment and leaseholds are in addition to
    sustaining capital reinvestments and for the expansion and improvement of
    the Company's production capacity over the next 12 months.
 
(4) The net proceeds allocated to research and development are intended for the
    development of new and modified products for existing and identified
    potential new export markets over the next 12 months.
 
(5) The net proceeds allocated to working capital includes funds for increased
    inventory of raw materials and finished products, and general corporate
    purposes including possible strategic acquisitions, although the Company has
    not identified any definite acquisition candidate.
 
                            ------------------------
 
     The amounts set forth above are estimates. Should a reapportionment or
redirection of funds be determined to be in the best interests of the Company,
the actual amount expended to finance any category of expenses may be increased
or decreased by the Company's Board of Directors, at its discretion.
 
     The Company believes that the proceeds of this Offering will enable the
Company to increase its annual revenues through the expansion of its business
and development of new product lines. As a result, the Company believes that the
net proceeds of this Offering, together with revenues generated from operations,
will be sufficient to conduct the Company's operations for at least twelve (12)
months. The terms of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the
Underwriter restrict the Company from entering into any acquisition or merger of
the Company or obtaining additional capital financing, without the prior
approval of the Underwriter, for the issuance of additional equity securities
for a period of three (3) years, in either public or private offerings, which
approval may not be unreasonably withheld. The underwriting agreement does not
prevent the Company from seeking bank financing although there can be no
assurance that such financing will be available on commercially reasonable
terms.
 
                                       14
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     To the extent that the Company's expenditures are less than projected
and/or the proceeds of this Offering increase as a result of the exercise by the
Underwriter of its Over-Allotment Option, the resulting balances will be
retained and used for general working capital purposes. Conversely, to the
extent that such expenditures require the utilization of funds in excess of the
amounts anticipated, additional financing may be sought from other sources, such
as debt financing from financial institutions, although there can be no
assurance that such additional financing, if available, will be on terms
acceptable to the Company. The net proceeds of this Offering that are not
expended immediately may be deposited in interest bearing accounts, or invested
in United States Federal and Canadian Federal government obligations or
certificates of deposit.
    
 
                                       15
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
     As of May 31, 1997, the net tangible book value of the Company was
$2,430,338 or $0.55 per share. Net tangible book value per share is determined
by dividing the net tangible book value of the Company (total tangible assets
less total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.
Assuming the sale of the Securities offered hereby of 1,250,000 shares of Common
Stock and 1,500,000 Warrants (at an assumed initial public offering price of
$4.00 per share and $0.15 per Warrant) (less underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated expenses of this Offering) the net tangible book value
of the Company at May 31, 1997 would have been $6,657,838 or $1.18 per share,
representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.63 per share
to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $2.82 per share
(70.5%) to new investors.
 
     The following table illustrates the foregoing information with respect to
dilution to new investors on a per share basis:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>     <C>
Initial public offering price per share.......................................           $4.00
Net tangible book value retained per share before Offering....................   0.55
Increase per share attributable to new investors..............................   0.63
                                                                                 ----
As adjusted net tangible book value after Offering............................            1.18
                                                                                         -----
Dilution to new investors.....................................................           $2.82
                                                                                         -----
                                                                                         -----
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth, at May 31, 1997, with respect to the
Company's existing stockholders, and new investors, a comparison of the number
of shares of Common Stock acquired from the Company, the amount and percentage
of total consideration paid and the average price per share of Common Stock (at
an assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per share).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          SHARES PURCHASED         TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                        --------------------      ---------------------      AVERAGE PRICE
                                         NUMBER      PERCENT        AMOUNT      PERCENT        PER SHARE
                                        ---------    -------      ----------    -------      -------------
 
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders................   4,400,000     77.88%      $2,430,338      32.7%          $0.55
New investors........................   1,250,000     22.12        5,000,000      67.3            4.00
                                        ---------    -------      ----------    -------
          Total......................   5,650,000       100%      $7,430,338       100%
                                        ---------    -------      ----------    -------
                                        ---------    -------      ----------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                       16
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of May
31, 1997 on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of 1,250,000 shares
of Common Stock and 1,500,000 Warrants offered by the Company (at an assumed
public offering prices of $4.00 per share and $0.15 per Warrant) in this
Offering, and the application of the estimated net proceeds to the Company from
this Offering. This table should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         MAY 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     ACTUAL       PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA(2)    AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                   ------------   ----------    ----------       ------------    --------------
                                                                  ADJUSTMENT    ADJUSTMENT          TOTAL    
                                                                    (2(I))       (2(II))
 
<S>                                                <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>             <C>
Long-term debt.................................... $  827,848     $(812,059)    $       0         $   15,589       $   15,589
                                                   -----------    ----------    ----------       ------------    --------------
Stockholders' equity:
    Common Stock, no par value:
      Issued and outstanding -- 4,400,000 (1),
        4,400,000 (2) and 5,650,000 shares,
        respectively..............................        310           (80)          (80)               150        4,227,650
    Foreign currency translation adjustment.......    (86,611)            0             0            (86,611)         (86,611)
    Retained earnings.............................  1,941,744     1,133,975      (558,920)         2,516,799        2,516,799
                                                   -----------    ----------    ----------       ------------    --------------
            Total shareholders' equity............  1,855,443     1,133,895      (559,000)         2,430,338        6,657,838
                                                   -----------    ----------    ----------       ------------    --------------
            Total capitalization.................. $2,683,091     $ 321,836     $(559,000)        $2,445,927       $6,673,427
                                                   -----------    ----------    ----------       ------------    --------------
                                                   -----------    ----------    ----------       ------------    --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
    
 
   
(1) Represents the exchange of the 387 Shares in the existing companies for the
    4,400,000 Shares in LiftKing Industries Inc. (See note 14d to the interim
    combined financial statements as at May 31, 1997). Does not include
    (750,000) shares of Common Stock provided for issuance under the Company's
    Stock Option Plan.
    
 
   
(2) The information in this table has been restated to reflect the pro-forma
    capitalization of the Company giving effect to: (i) the
    exclusion of LiftKing Incorporated on a pro-forma basis (see note 1a to the
    interim combined financial statements as at May 31, 1997); and (ii) the
    purchase and cancellation of transferred shares by Liftmaster Limited and
    463291 Ontario Limited (see note 14 to the interim combined financial
    statements as at May 31, 1997).
    
 
(3) Gives effect to the sale of the 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock and
    1,500,000 Warrants offered hereby and the receipt of $4,227,500 of net
    proceeds therefrom.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     Holders of the Company's Common Stock are entitled to dividends when, as
and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available
therefore. The Company has not in the past and does not currently anticipate the
declaration or payment of any dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company
intends to retain earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of
its business. Future dividend policy will be subject to the discretion of the
Board of Directors and will be contingent upon future earnings, if any, the
Company's financial condition, capital requirements, general business conditions
and other factors. Therefore, there can be no assurance that any dividends of
any kind will ever be paid.
 
                                       17
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The summary financial information set forth below is derived from the more
detailed combined financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus. The Companies maintain their books and records in Canadian
Dollars, but have reconciled such financial data to United States dollars (see
'Exchange Rate Data') and have prepared their combined financial statements
contained in this Prospectus in accordance with generally accepted accounting
and auditing standards in the United States. See 'Report of Independent
Auditors' and 'Combined Financial Statements'. All information should be read in
conjunction with the combined financial statements of the companies and the
notes contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     TEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                                         MAY 31,            YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
                                                                --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                   1997           1996         1996         1995          1994
                                                                -----------    -----------  -----------  -----------   ---------
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
    
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Operating Results:
    Revenues..............................................   $17,608,177    $17,814,993    $20,092,782     20,252,059   $11,818,047
    Net income............................................     1,265,776      1,373,502      1,435,244        625,396       336,970
    Earnings per share after extraordinary items..........          0.29           0.31           0.33           0.14          0.08
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding..     4,400,000      4,400,000      4,400,000      4,400,000     4,400,000
 </TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AS AT MAY 31, 1997                           
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                    (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)                           
                                      ACTUAL       PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                    -----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    -----------
                                                   ADJUSTMENT    ADJUSTMENT    TOTAL(1)          (2)
                                                     (1(I))       (1(II))       
 
<S>                                 <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>        
Balance Sheet Data:
    Working capital...............  $ 2,050,189    $ 555,178     $(559,000)   $2,046,367     $ 6,273,867  
    Total assets..................   10,137,038     (594,658)     (559,000)    8,983,380      13,210,880  
    Long-term debt................      827,648     (812,059)            0        15,589          15,589  
    Total liabilities.............    8,281,596   (1,728,554)            0     6,553,042       6,553,042  
    Stockholders' equity..........    1,855,442    1,133,896      (559,000)    2,430,338       6,657,838  
 
<CAPTION>
                                                 AS AT JULY 31,
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                       1996           1995           1994
                                    -----------    ----------   -----------
 
<S>                                 <C>               <C>           <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
    Working capital...............   $5,409,191   $ 3,296,032    $2,308,795
    Total assets..................    9,098,296    13,906,032     6,382,909
    Long-term debt................    5,215,970     3,962,357     2,643,420
    Total liabilities.............    8,252,595    13,753,644     5,556,154
    Stockholders' equity..........      845,701       152,388       826,755
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) The information in this table has been restated to reflect the pro-forma
    financial position of the Company giving effect to (i) the
    exclusion of LiftKing Incorporated (see note 1a to the interim combined
    financial statements as at May 31, 1997) and (ii) the reorganization
    transactions completed in anticipation of the public offering (see note 14
    to the interim combined financial statements as at May 31, 1997). See
    'Capitalization.'
    
 
   
(2) Reflects the issuance of the 1,250,000 Shares and 1,500,000 Warrants offered
    hereby and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.
    
 
                                       18



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     This management's discussion and analysis for LiftKing and all of its
businesses is supplemental to the combined financial statements and related
notes for the years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 and for the ten month
interim periods ended May 31, 1997 and 1996 contained in this Prospectus. The
financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States and all amounts herein are
expressed in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise noted.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     LiftKing's traditional customer base during the 1980's was from the
construction industry. As the recession took effect in Canada from the late
1980's through the early 1990's, this market contracted considerably and sales
were negatively affected.
 
     In order to turn around the Company's fortunes, management embarked on an
intense and costly research and development ('R&D') phase, beginning at the end
of the 1980's, geared to diversifying the Company's product offering and
reducing risk to business cycles.
 
   
     The initial R&D focus was with respect to larger, more specialized
materials handlers suitable for use by the military in various climates and
terrain. These efforts succeeded in rebuilding revenues to earlier levels. In
1995, the penetration into the United States and Canadian military market
increased further, with additional product lines being generated by the R&D
effort. On a very limited basis, the Company began to develop and market heavy
pallet transporters and liquid steel and slag carriers used in the production of
steel. Although the market is limited and specialized, the per unit revenue is
very high. Given the high development cost and up front investment in inventory
required, the Company has moved carefully into this market. As a result of the
new product lines, the Company's revenues reached record levels in 1995 and
profits began to grow more rapidly.
    
 
     In 1996, overall revenues were substantially the same as in 1995, but
operating income more than doubled. The increased profits were attributable to
the increased sales of higher profit margin products whose development costs
were incurred and expensed in previous periods. 1996 also saw an improvement in
the mix of the Company's sales, with a reduced dependency on a particular market
segment.
 
   
     In 1997, the Company has experienced a resurgence in demand from the
construction industry. This demand has helped to offset a continuing decline in
the United States and Canadian military market. As a result, revenues remain on
a par with 1996 and 1995. Despite the lack of revenue growth, profitability
remains strong.
    
 
   
     For 1998, the Company is optimistic that it will continue to capitalize on
strong demand from the construction and steel industries. In addition to
continuing development of product for the steel industry, the Company is under
contract to develop a 400 ton transporter for Avondale Industries,
Inc. -- Shipyard Division. Older product lines are being modernized to remain
industry leaders in engineering and performance. Management believes that after
a period of budget cuts, the military has pent-up demand that should result in
more sales orders from this segment than has been obtained in the recent period.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
TEN MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997 COMPARED TO TEN MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1996
 
   
     Revenues for the ten months ended May 31, 1997 were $17,608,177, a 1.2%
decrease from prior year revenues of $17,814,993. The decrease reflects the
increase in sales to the construction industry being more than offset by
reductions in sales to the United States and Canadian military.
    
 
     Gross profit for the ten months ended May 31, 1997 were 21.5% of revenues,
a significant 1.1% point improvement as compared to the 20.4% margin achieved in
the comparative 1996 period. This
 
                                       19
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
increase was achieved due to improved production efficiency and the fact that a
larger portion of sales were of products for which the related development costs
had been incurred in the prior years.
 
     Selling expenses increased $18,000 from 1996 to 1997, reflecting increased
travel expenses. Administrative expenses for the ten months ended May 31
increased by $303,000 from 1996 to 1997. Approximately $300,000 of this increase
is due to increased compensation declared to the senior management of the
companies in recognition of the profit levels achieved year to date and in the
prior fiscal year.
 
     Income from operations decreased by approximately $159,778 to $2,417,746
for the ten months ended May 31, 1997 versus $2,577,524 in the comparative 1996
period. Excluding the additional $300,000 management compensation noted above,
income from operations would have increased by approximately $140,000.
 
     Interest expense for the period increased by approximately $73,000 from
1996, reflecting higher average interest bearing loan balances owing to the
affiliated company during the ten months ended May 31, 1997 versus the
comparative period.
 
     In the current period there were no losses in LiftKing Incorporated
relating to its mortgage portfolio as compared to a loss in the comparative
period of approximately $244,000. The ongoing litigation costs in that company
were approximately $53,000 versus $92,000 in the comparative period. These items
are reported as extraordinary items, net of related tax effects (see discussion
below regarding July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 fiscal years).
 
     Income before income taxes for the ten month period ended May 31, 1997 was
$1,917,842, an increase of $50,564 from the $1,867,278 in the comparative
period. However, an increase in the Company's effective income tax rate from
26.4% in 1996 to approximately 34% in 1997 more than offset this increase.
Income taxes (including the portion attributable to extraordinary items) for the
ten months ended May 31, 1997 were $652,066, an increase of $158,290 over the
comparative period. The increase in the tax rate is due to the fact that the
benefits of certain tax losses and other incentive deductions that had
accumulated over several years, were fully utilized by the Company in 1996. The
effective tax rate for the current period is based on the Company's current
statutory rate.
 
   
     Net earnings decreased by $107,726 to $1,265,776 or $0.29 per share for the
ten months ended May 31, 1997 versus $1,373,502 or $0.31 per share in the
comparative 1996 period. The decrease in inventory from $4,938,426 as at May 31,
1996 to $2,192,079 as at May 31, 1997 was principally due to the timing of
purchase orders by the customers relating to longer term contracts such as for
the manufacture of transporters. It happened that as at May 31, 1997, there were
significantly fewer long term contracts that were incomplete or unshipped as
compared with those as at May 31, 1996.
    
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND
1994
 
   
     Revenues for the year ended July 31, 1996 were $20,092,781, a 0.8% decrease
from prior year revenues of $20,252,060, which were, in turn, a 71.4% increase
over 1994 revenues of $11,818,047. The increase from 1994 to 1995 reflected 70%
growth in sales to the United States and Canadian military of several products
designed specifically for that market, as well as an over 400% increase in sales
in the commercial and construction sectors. In 1996, sales to the United States
and Canadian military declined 18.5% from the previous year; however increases
in all other product lines mostly offset this decrease in sales dollars.
    
 
     Gross profit for the years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1995 were
$3,968,786, $3,288,305 and $1,675,782, respectively. The $1,612,523 increase
from 1994 to 1995 is attributable to the 71.4% sales increase, as well as a 2%
point improvement in the gross profit margin. The improvement reflects the
improved absorption of manufacturing overhead and research and development costs
included in the cost of sales. In 1996, despite the slight decline in overall
sales, gross profit increased an additional $680,481. This increase was achieved
due to improved production efficiency and the fact that a larger portion of
sales were of products for which the related development costs had been incurred
in the prior years.
 
                                       20
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     Selling expenses for the years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were
$287,421, $263,423 and $248,710, respectively. The year to year increases in
each case are due to the increasing level of travel expenditures incurred to
cover expanding export markets.
 
     Administrative expenses for the years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
were $774,654, $1,282,154 and $640,285, respectively. The increase from 1994 to
1995 reflects a $508,000 management bonus declared in 1995 versus none in 1994
or 1996, as well as general increases in administrative staff and office
expenses to support the 71.4% increased level of sales. Excluding the impact of
the bonus, the 1996 administrative expenses are consistent with the prior year.
 
     Excluding the 1995 bonus of $508,000, the comparative income from
operations was $2,747,300, $2,142,416 and $673,397 for the years ended July 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The profit increase in 1995 versus 1994 is
due to the year to year sales and related gross profit increase. 1996 profits
increased over 1995 due to the higher profit per unit sales in 1996 versus 1995.
 
     Interest expense for the period increased from $230,072 in 1994 to $358,012
in 1995 and $442,030 in 1996. The increases are a result of the increase in
interest bearing loans from an affiliated company over that period.
 
   
     In reporting periods prior to those presented here, LiftKing Incorporated
had invested surplus funds in a portfolio of mortgages and notes receivable due
from arm's length third parties. As property values dropped in Canada, these
assets became impaired and write-downs were recorded for the estimated losses.
As the losses pertain to non-operating assets and given the fact the Company has
not invested material amounts in such assets for a number of years, the losses
have been classified as unusual. Such losses were $243,921, $152,813 and $37,133
in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. In future, it is management's intention
that it will focus on the Company's core businesses only and will not utilize
any retained earnings in future for the purposes of investing in assets
unrelated to operations.
    
 
     LiftKing Incorporated is defendant in a lawsuit with respect to a patent
infringement claim. This is the only such claim against the combined group of
companies and the magnitude of the costs associated with the claim is material.
LiftKing Incorporated has obtained judgement in its favor in this case, however,
the claimant continues to appeal. As a result of the isolated nature and
magnitude of this claim, the Company has classified the costs associated with
the claim as an extraordinary items. Such costs, before related tax effects,
were $110,132, $362,976 and $0 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
     Income before income taxes for the years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
was $1,951,216, $760,614 and $406,192, respectively. As the profits of the
Company increased, an increasing proportion of the profits became subject to a
higher marginal tax rate. As a result, the overall effective tax rate climbed
from 17.0% in 1994 to 17.8% in 1995 and then 26.4% in 1996. The 1996 tax rate
would have been higher had it not been for the fact that the benefits of certain
tax losses and other incentive deductions that had accumulated over several
years, were fully utilized by the Company in 1996.
 
     Net earnings for the year ended July 31, 1996 was $1,435,244 or $0.33 per
share. This is a 129% increase over the 1995 net earnings of $625,397 or $0.14
per share. The 1995 results were an 86% improvement over the 1994 fiscal year
net earnings, which amounted to $336,969 or $0.08 per share.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CASH RESOURCES
 
     The Company currently maintains a $5,000,000 Canadian (approximately
$3,600,000 U.S.) operating line of credit with its bank. For each period
reported below, the amount borrowed by the Company was comfortably within this
limit and was in compliance with all banking covenants.
 
TEN MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1997 COMPARED TO TEN MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1996
 
     Cash flows provided from operations were $4,150,571 for the ten months
ended May 31, 1997, whereas for the comparative 1996 period, there was an
outflow of $1,273,621 due to operating activities. The increase in operating
cash flow from 1996 to 1997 is due to two factors: 1) In 1997, the investment in
inventory from the previous July 31 year end had declined by $2,355,000, whereas
in the comparative period in 1996, the investment in inventory had increased by
958,000; this equates to a $3,313,000 positive swing in cash flow from for year
to date May 31, 1997 as compared to the May 31, 1996 period
 
                                       21
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
end, and 2) while accounts payable decreased by $2,080,000 in the ten months
ended May 31, 1996, they increased by $433,000 in the ten months ended May 31,
1997; this equates to a $2,513,000 positive swing in cash flow.
 
     Investing activities used cash resources of $94,000 in the ten months ended
May 31, 1997 versus $232,000 in the comparative 1996 period. The difference
reflects the fact that in 1997, the Company collected approximately $50,000 of
mortgages and notes receivable versus mortgage loan advances of $22,000 in 1996,
and the fact that in 1996, the Company paid $210,000 to acquire capital assets
in 1996 versus only $145,000 in 1997 year to date. The capital asset additions
in these periods were primarily sustaining capital reinvestments.
 
   
     Financing activities used cash of $612,514 for the ten months ended May 31,
1997 versus providing cash of $604,571 in the comparative 1996 period. The
increase in cash used from 1996 to 1997 was primarily due to a decrease in
funding from Sandchelle Investments, Inc. ('Sandchelle') of approximately
$1,770,000 offset by a decrease in equity payout (comprised of dividends paid
and redemptions of special shares) of approximately $490,000. Sandchelle, which
is 100% owned by Louis Aldrovandi, effectively acted as banker to the Company
and provided part of the funding for the Company's operations. Subsequent to May
31, 1997, the Company repaid $4,500,000 to Sandchelle. See 'Certain
Transactions.'
    
 
     The Company's net cash flows from all sources were an inflow of $3,407,693
in the ten months ended May 31, 1997 versus a net cash outflow of $902,847 in
the 1996 comparative period. The fluctuations in annual cash flow are not due to
profit fluctuations; rather they reflect the timing of contractually determined
elements such as customer deposits, investments in inventory, delivery dates,
and final payment of balances due by the customer.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND
1994
 
     Cash flows from operations were a net outflow of $1,628,510 in 1996 versus
positive inflows of $2,898,572 and $1,363,519 in 1995 and 1994, respectively.
The increase from 1994 to 1995 was attributable to the over $2,000,000 increase
in accounts payable more than offsetting other working capital changes. The
decrease in operating cash flow from 1995 to 1996 is due to two factors: 1) a
relatively large portion of the 1996 revenues had been paid for in advance by
customers in the 1995 fiscal year, and 2) in 1996, the Company paid down its
accounts payable to levels that ensure favorable terms from suppliers.
 
     Investing activities resulted in a net use of cash of $240,301 in 1996,
primarily for acquisition of capital assets. In 1995, investing activities
resulted in a cash inflow of $97,270; this amount was comprised of the
collection of $154,120 of mortgages and notes receivable and proceeds from sale
of certain capital assets for $82,120, offset by the cash used to acquire
$138,970 of new capital assets. In 1994, investing activities resulted in a cash
outflow of $126,968; this amount was comprised of the collection of $51,312 of
mortgages and notes receivable offset by the cash used to acquire $184,281 of
new capital assets. Capital assets additions during the three years ended July
31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were primarily sustaining capital reinvestments.
 
   
     Financing activities provided cash flow of $563,673 in 1996, while such
activities resulted in cash outflows of $45,320 and $229,650 in 1995 and 1994,
respectively. The decrease in cash used from 1995 to 1996 was primarily due to a
decrease in redemptions of special shares of approximately $570,000. The
decrease in cash used from 1994 to 1995 was primarily due to a decrease in
repayment to other related parties of approximately $140,000.
    
 
     The Company's net cash flows from all sources were an outflow of $1,310,195
in 1996 versus inflows of $2,962,222 and $977,854 in 1995 and 1994,
respectively. The fluctuations in annual cash flow are not due to profit
fluctuations; rather they reflect the timing of contractually determined
elements such as customer deposits, investments in inventory, delivery dates,
and final payment of balances due by the customer.
 
                                       22
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     LiftKing Industries Inc. was organized under the laws of the Province of
Ontario, Canada on April 25, 1989 and conducts its business operations with its
two (2) wholly-owned subsidiaries Liftmaster Limited and 463291 Ontario Limited
(collectively, "LiftKing' or the 'Company'). The Company is a manufacturer of
heavy duty material handling equipment, rough-terrain material handlers, heavy
pallet transporters, transporters of liquid steel and liquid steel residuals
('Slag Pot Carriers'), and International Standard Organization ('ISO') container
handlers, as well as related service parts. The Company's products are marketed
under the LiftKing tradename and, management believes are distinguished by their
complete line of four-wheel drive all-terrain material handlers, Slag Pot
Carriers for the steel mill industry, versatility of product applications, and
reliability of service and longevity. Products include conventional fork lifts
for the construction industry, general purpose vehicles for the steel and lumber
industry, specialized material handling equipment for the military, large load
and large container material handlers, along with a full range of heavy steel
transporters and Slag Pot Carriers. LiftKing's manufacturing centers upon
high-strength specialty steel, which management believes is unique both in their
shape and engineering design, and provide added strength with minimal weight.
As such, LiftKing products typically command premium prices. Management believes
the Company is capable of manufacturing and delivering material handling
equipment for virtually any application. For the year ended July 31, 1996,
total sales of new units was $20,092,782 and income before taxes and
extraordinary items was $1,951,216. See Note 10 to Financial Statements.
    
 
   
     LiftKing's products are used in a wide variety of applications by
commercial and residential building contractors, as well as by other
construction, military, industrial, municipal and agricultural end-users.
    
 
   
     All-terrain four-wheel material handlers are especially useful in rough
terrain environments and congested job sites and mill locations, where their
maneuverability and ability to raise, extend and lower payloads provide
significant advantages over more traditional material handling equipment, such
as cranes, straight-mast forklifts and elevators. LiftKing rough-terrain
variable reach material handlers are typically used by residential,
non-residential, military and non-military institutions, and building
contractors for lifting, transporting and placing a wide variety of materials at
their point of use or storage. The Company's various models of material handlers
have a lift capacity of 6,000 pounds to 75,000 pounds and can position payloads
up to 42 feet above the ground or up to 30 feet in front of the machine's
chassis. Management believes the versatility of these units allows users to
lower overall costs by substituting a single material handler for one or more
other types of material handling equipment, as well as for certain labor
intensive material handling tasks. The Company believes it manufactures one of
the broadest product lines of varied material handling equipment, for the North
American market.
    
 
     In 1993 the Company identified a niche in the steel mill industry.
Traditionally, molten steel was moved in steel mills by overhead cranes. The
steel industry has since been required to adapt to changing market conditions
requiring the mills to cut costs, produce larger quantities of steel and in turn
producing greater quantities of steel residuals (slag). Accordingly the
traditional crane method of moving slag to a dumping site was no longer
practical.
 
   
     The Company's Slag Pot Carriers have the following features: (i) large
tires to enable the unit to move more quickly, (ii) hydraulic liquids in the
unit are fire retardant, (iii) the tires of the units are filled with fire
retardant material, and (iv) the driver's cab is self contained with an
extensive fire suppression system which may be activated within and without the
cab assembly. Additionally, the Company's Slag Pot Carriers have fire walls
protecting the driver from the slag pot, with automatic louvers which close to
further protect the driver from spillage and spray during dumping. The Company's
Slag Pot Carriers have a pot capacity ranging from 300 to 1,000 cubic feet of
slag, and are priced ranging from $350,000 to $750,000.
    
 
   
     The Company's elevating heavy pallet carriers ('Pallet Carriers') are
custom designed high capacity transport vehicles. The Company's pallet carriers
are designed to transport a wide variety of materials such as scrap buckets,
ladles, and slag pots. LiftKing's Pallet Carriers are designed to transport up
to 700 tons of material per pallet. Pallets are also used in the steel mill
industry to transport, coiled and finished steel products, steel booms and steel
coils.
    
 
                                       23
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     The Company's Pallet Carriers are designed to operate in extreme steel mill
conditions, similar to the Company's Slag Pot Carriers. The Company's Pallet
Carriers have the following features: (i) large tires to enable the unit to move
more quickly, (ii) hydraulic liquids in the unit are fire retardant, (iii) the
tires of the units are filled with fire retardant material, and (iv) the
driver's cab is self contained with an extensive fire suppression system which
may be activated within and without the cab assembly. Additionally, the
Company's Pallet Carriers can be manufactured with fire walls protecting the
driver from the material being carried by the pallet. The Company's Pallet
Carriers have a transporting capacity of 700 tons of material per pallet, and
are priced ranging from $350,000 to $750,000.
    
 
   
     LiftKing sells and distributes most of its products commercially through
approximately 94 independent equipment dealers located in the United States and
Canada. Internationally, LiftKing markets and distributes its products through a
variety of arrangements with dealers and distributors in 10 countries, including
the United States, Canada, Mexico, Algeria, Chile, England, Indonesia, China,
Korea, and Colombia. To facilitate the sale of its products, LiftKing offers its
independent equipment dealers financing assistance in connection with the
purchase of the Company's products. Such assistance consists of limited, back-up
financing guarantees which benefit dealers by providing them the opportunity to
obtain attractive financing terms on the Company's products, which in turn
allows dealers to stock more units for sale or rental. See Note 10 to Financial
Statements.
    
 
   
     The Company continually seeks to introduce new material handlers and low
profile designs which provide an exceptional combination of maneuverability,
versatility and stability. Management believes this new product development has
allowed the Company to increase its sales in the rapidly growing rough-terrain
variable reach material handler market.
    
 
     LiftKing competes principally in selected segments of the material handling
and construction equipment markets which utilize engines ranging from 80 to 450
horsepower. With limited exceptions, competitors with significant market shares
in these segments typically are not large full-line construction equipment
manufacturers.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The Company's strategy is to grow primarily by focusing on sales of its
heavy duty material handling equipment, rough-terrain material handlers, heavy
pallet transporters, Slag Pot Carriers, and ISO container handlers (i) which
utilize engines ranging from 80 to 450 horsepower, (ii) which are not typically
dominated by full-line construction equipment manufacturers, (iii) which are
growing faster than the construction equipment industry generally, and (iv)
which typically utilize local independent dealers for distribution rather than
regional distributorship primarily dedicated to products made by a single
manufacturer.
 
     Key elements of the Company's business strategy include:
 
   
          PROVIDING SUPERIOR PRODUCTS. The Company seeks to develop innovative,
     high performance products with low life-cycle cost. By continually
     attempting to introduce unique product features and enhancements, such as
     four-wheel drive and four-wheel steering, all-terrain capabilities,
     hydraulic versus manual fork positioning, automatic frame leveling,
     availability of service parts in North America, the Company believes that
     it increases demand for the Company's products. In addition, during the
     first fiscal quarter of 1998, the Company expects to introduce the first
     model of a new range of material handlers designed to be used for expanded
     applications in North America, such as specialized units for the steel mill
     industry and poultry industry, to be competitive with products currently
     used in international markets. Additionally, to ensure maximum compliance
     to customer specifications, LiftKing operates its own testing facility.
     Through a thorough series of specialized tests designed to simulate field
     applications, LiftKing vehicles demonstrate their required capabilities
     before being delivered to the customer. Special test sites are also used
     when unique procedures are needed to affectively simulate unique operating
     conditions such as simulations of the shock waves created by the impact and
     explosion of a missile into ship, proximity explosions, the effect of
     parachute dropping the equipment from low-flying military aircraft, long
     term operation in up to five (5) feet of sea water ('Water Fording'),
     vertical and lateral operation on slopes of up to forty five degrees, and
     air transportability. LiftKing is continuously developing
    
 
                                       24
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     new material handling equipment. A licensing agreement with the German
     material handling and heavy transporter KAMAG, has allowed LiftKing to
     substantially complement its capabilities by offering a full range of
     specialized large load handling equipment and Slag Pot Carriers.
 
          PURSUING A MULTIPLE BRAND DISTRIBUTION STRATEGY. The Company intends
     to pursue a multiple brand strategy, maintaining essentially distinct North
     American distribution channels for its brand name products. The Company
     believes that this strategy provides more complete geographic coverage of
     the market place and gives the Company the ability to selectively expand
     the number of dealers carrying its products. LiftKing's multiple brand
     distribution strategy is designed to appeal to customer's differing price,
     performance and support needs.
 
GENERAL PURPOSE MATERIAL HANDLERS
 
     The Company's material handlers are manufactured as either rough terrain or
standard operation vehicles used to transport, lift and position materials
between ground locations, between vehicles and to elevations up to four stories
in height. This equipment is typically utilized in North America by residential
and non-residential building contractors to handle a wide range of building
materials and components, including bricks, concrete blocks, open-wall panels,
roof trusses, lumber, drywall sheets, structural steel and roofing materials. In
addition, by using one or more of the various Company-approved attachments, the
Company's general purpose material handlers can also be used in nontraditional,
specialized applications, such as steel building construction or pole and post
hole drilling. Available attachments include forks and carriages, grapples,
buckets, augers, concrete hoppers and truss booms. End-users for the Company's
general use material handlers currently include the construction, military,
agricultural, landscaping and industrial markets.
 
     The Company currently manufactures over 30 models of general purpose
material handlers, (not including material handlers designed specifically for
the steel mill industry), marketed under the LiftKing brand name. These models
have rated load capacities ranging from 5,000 to 70,000 pounds and possess the
capacity to place loads up to 42 feet above the ground. Suggested list prices
for these products range from approximately $25,000 to approximately $350,000
per unit.
 
     Material handlers are more versatile than other material handling equipment
such as cranes, straight mast forklifts and elevators. Material handlers can
unload, carry and place materials up to four stories high in rough terrain work
environments, eliminating the need for multiple pieces of more specialized
equipment and reducing the labor required to handle materials at work-sites. The
numerous applications provided by available attachments and used in conjunction
with the Company's general purpose material handlers allows customers to
decrease aggregate equipment costs and increase utilization of their material
handling equipment.
 
   
     Material handlers enable users to increase labor productivity and improve
asset utilization, compared to other methods using alternative equipment or
direct labor. Productivity enhancements include a reduction in the number of
indirect personnel required for material handling support to load, transport and
place building materials and to operate certain other types of construction
equipment. In addition, telescopic material handlers provide significant support
on construction sites, agricultural sites, and industrial sites for labor-saving
advanced material handling techniques, such as efficient movement of palletized
loads and use of pre-fabricated building components. The Company believes the
versatility and variety of attachments available for material handlers results
in higher utilization of the equipment and permits end users to increase
inventory turnover at work sites more rapidly by taking loads directly off
ships, aircraft, railroad cars, and delivery trucks and placing them where they
will be used.
    
 
     Historically, the primary market for general purpose material handlers has
been the construction and agricultural markets. In recent years, however,
applications for various product lines have emerged in other markets. For
example, since 1988, general purpose material handlers have been used by the
military for munitions handling and, more recently, general logistics purposes.
Material handlers have also experienced increased acceptance in the industrial
and agricultural markets where they are used, among other applications, to
transport and position bulk materials.
 
   
     Management believes the Company's various models of material handlers have
unique characteristics over those of their competitors, which have contributed
to, in management's estimation, a strong
    
 
                                       25
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
competitive position in the market. Management believes, LiftKing brand products
enjoy a reputation for their ease of operation, durability and high resale
value. The Company believes the combination of its well-known LiftKing brand
name, and its ability to offer a broad product line, provide LiftKing with
competitive advantages in the general purpose material handler market.
    
 
MILITARY APPLICATIONS
 
   
     LiftKing has also developed material handling equipment with, in
management's estimation, is a wide range of military applications, for the
United States military. These applications include varying load capacity,
four-wheel drive rough terrain capabilities, diesel powered lift trucks,
vehicles with large load and container handling capabilities and specialized
vehicles designed for shipboard naval service, to meet a wide range of military
applications. Such military applications include, but are not limited to,
aircraft carrier use, helicopter carrier use, Water Fording capabilities up to
five (5) feet, and sustained combat environment operations in an all-terrain
environment. LiftKing has been able to successfully integrate many special
features into its designs and provide maximum benefits to its military customers
by incorporating versatility. LiftKing vehicles are reliable and durable and
feature two or four wheel steering and four wheel drive, with tight turning
radius for maximum maneuverability. LiftKing' military vehicles are also
designed for air transportability. Through innovations such as the removable
counter weight (patent pending), most vehicles can be prepared for air transport
aboard C-130 type military aircrafts in under thirty minutes using conventional
tools and minimal personnel. Specialized working attachments can also be
provided for added versatility. LiftKing also specially prepares vehicles for
long term storage. This process includes preventive measures to ensure
corrosion-free storage, prevent seizure of key engine and operating components,
cover and coat the cylinders and brake drums, and place specialized engine
fluids into the units to ensure no internal corrosion takes place.
    
 
     The Company's military use material handlers transport heavy and light load
military equipment, supply equipment, and containers in a wide variety of
applications and environmental conditions. By incorporating specialized design
and manufacturing processes, the Company's military use equipment handlers are
able to operate in up to five feet of salt or fresh water. In situations where
docking facilities are not available for military and supply vessels, these
units provide the flexibility to maneuver offshore, load materials from offshore
platforms and ships, and transport them to the shore. These units are specially
designed and manufactured for combat conditions.
 
     The Company also manufacturers a line of military use equipment handlers
designed for operation on aircraft and helicopter carriers. These units are
specially designed and manufactured to resist the shockwaves of missile impacts
during combat conditions and to remain stable on ships in rough sea conditions.
These units provide four wheel automatic braking systems, a low center of
gravity, and frame leveling technology of up to ten degrees from center.
 
     All LiftKing military use equipment handlers are designed and manufactured
to operate in extreme weather and sea conditions, and are able to operate in
extreme temperature variations ranging from -23 degrees Fahrenheit to 120
degrees Fahrenheit for prolonged periods of time.
 
STEEL INDUSTRY
 
SLAG POT CARRIERS
 
     In 1993 the Company identified a niche in the steel mill industry.
Traditionally, molten steel was moved in steel mills by overhead cranes. The
steel industry has since been required to adapt to changing market conditions
requiring the mills to cut costs, produce larger quantities of steel and in turn
producing greater quantities of steel residuals (slag). Accordingly, the
traditional crane method of moving slag to a dumping site was no longer
practical.
 
     A Slag Pot Carrier can transport between 200 and 300 tons of slag, whereas
crane capacity was limited to approximately 25 tons. Additionally, cranes dumped
the slag pot on a 90 degree angle, leaving a substantial amount of molten
material still in the pot, left to cool and harden. This hardening would ruin
the pot, so the mills would be forced to drop the pots to the ground in an
effort to loosen the
 
                                       26
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
hardened slag. This process would often crack a pot and render it useless. With
the average slag pot costing $100,000, this became an expensive and labor
intensive process.
 
   
     The Company identified the need for better transport equipment, and
realizing that the North American market was dominated by only one manufacturer,
the Company began manufacturing Slag Pot Carriers in conjunction with technology
and expertise acquired in its licensing agreement with KAMAG. Because the
Company has continually seen diminished revenues through its affiliation with
and licensing of KAMAG equipment, the Company does not consider the licensing
agreement with KAMAG to be material.
    
 
     The Company's Slag Pot Carriers have the following features: (i) large
tires to enable the unit to move more quickly, (ii) hydraulic liquids in the
unit are fire retardant, (iii) the tires of the units are filled with fire
retardant material, and (iv) the driver's cab is self contained with an
extensive fire suppression system which may be activated within and without the
cab assembly. Additionally, the Company's Slag Pot Carriers have extensive fire
walls protecting the driver from the slag pot, with automatic louvers which
close to further protect the driver from spillage and spray during dumping.
 
     The Company's Slag Pot Carriers have a pot capacity ranging from 300 to
1,000 cubic feet of slag, and are priced ranging from $350,000 to $750,000.
 
HEAVY PALLET TRANSPORTERS
 
     The Company's elevating heavy pallet carriers ('Pallet Carriers') are
custom designed high capacity transport vehicles. The Company's pallet carriers
can transport a wide variety of materials such as scrap buckets, ladles, and
slag pots. Pallets are also used in the steel mill industry to transport coiled
and finished steel products.
 
     The Company's Pallet Carriers are designed to operate in extreme steel mill
conditions, similar to the Company's Slag Pot Carriers. The Company's Pallet
Carriers have the following features: (i) large tires to enable the unit to move
more quickly, (ii) hydraulic liquids in the unit are fire retardant, (iii) the
tires of the units are filled with fire retardant material, and (iv) the
driver's cab is self contained with an extensive fire suppression system which
may be activated within and without the cab assembly. Additionally, the
Company's Pallet Carriers can be manufactured with extensive fire walls
protecting the driver from the material being carried by the pallet.
 
     The Company's Pallet Carriers have a transporting capacity of 700 tons of
material per pallet, and are priced ranging from $350,000 to $750,000.
 
OTHER
 
     The Company manufactures and markets a limited range of masonry buggies and
articulated forklifts and loaders, all of which are used primarily in the
masonry industry, and markets a complete line of straight-mast forklifts,
ranging from 5,000 to 70,000 pound load capacities and lifting capabilities of
up to 42 feet from ground level. The Company also provides product service
support to its distribution networks, and produces and sells through its
distributors a wide range of service parts to maintain the operational
performance of its end products throughout their useful lives. The sale of
service parts provides approximately 10% of the Company's gross revenues, and as
such sales are historically less sensitive to industry cycles and typically
generate higher gross margins than sales of original equipment. The Company
seeks to provide a high level of parts availability and timely shipments of
orders to maintain the production availability of its products on customer job
sites.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     The Company's growth strategy is to design and produce high quality
material handlers and moving equipment for niche markets while simultaneously
reducing manufacturing costs and increasing production capacity. From 1994 to
1996, the Company introduced in excess of 12 new products, and its
 
                                       27
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
sales increased from $11,818,047 million to $20,092,782 million. The key
components of the Company's strategy are:
 
          DEVELOP UNIQUE PRODUCTS. The Company remains committed to devoting
     significant resources toward engineering and producing unique heavy moving
     equipment and material handlers. The Company's product development
     engineers are currently designing additional new transporters and material
     handlers which LiftKing plans to market, in the near future.
 
          TARGET NICHE MARKETS. The Company is working to continue its leading
     position in its traditional niche market of heavy duty material handler
     equipment and rough-terrain material handlers. In the material handler
     market, the Company focuses on the segment which demands a reliable premium
     product that offers a high level of versatility and maneuverability. In
     1993 the Company identified a niche in the steel mill industry for the
     production of Slag Pot Carriers. In the Slag Pot Carrier industry, the
     Company has little competition, principally from one North American
     manufacturer and one German manufacturer. The Company believes it is well-
     positioned to compete in these dynamically growing markets.
 
   
          IMPROVE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES. An important element of LiftKing's
     growth strategy is to expand profit margins through improved manufacturing
     processes. In 1989, the Company commenced a multi-year program designed to
     expand plant capacity by implementing larger crane capacity, create larger
     assembly bay areas for the production of larger units and reduce production
     costs by increasing labor efficiency, equipment productivity and improving
     quality. The Company currently plans to invest $750,000 in capital
     improvements under this program on a need basis. The recent capital
     improvements have included robotic welding systems, fabrication equipment
     and direct computer-controlled manufacturing equipment, a 'shot
     blasting'/paint booth, creation of unit testing facilities, ISO quality
     control certification, upgraded computer design equipment, and upgraded
     computerized accounting and inventory control and requisition systems. In
     addition, the Company has implemented aggressive quality programs in the
     areas of warranty reduction and quality assurance. LiftKing believes its
     investments in automation and technology, material control, and quality
     programs have improved and will continue to improve its manufacturing
     processes and benefit profit margins in the future.
    
 
          INCREASE DISTRIBUTOR SUPPORT. The Company believes that it has a
     strong distribution network and this network is a core strength for its
     future growth. The Company plans to further enhance its distribution
     network by continuing to produce unique new products, provide marketing and
     sales support through its regional sales managers, and provide technical
     and service support through its service managers. The Company continually
     seeks to expand its local and regional dealer networks.
 
          EXPAND SERVICE PARTS BUSINESS. Management has focused on expanding the
     Company's service parts business to increase revenues and profits by taking
     advantage of the growth in the working population of LiftKing heavy movers
     and material handlers.
 
          INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES. Although substantially all of
     the Company's business has been focused in North America, the Company
     believes its increased product development efforts should enable the
     Company to take advantage of international opportunities, including
     infrastructure development in emerging markets in Europe, Asia, the Middle
     East, and South America.
 
          DEVELOP PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIC CONSUMER REQUIREMENTS.
     The Company works closely with its customers throughout the design process
     in refining and developing material handlers to suit the individual
     customer's requirements. The Company uses the latest equipment and computer
     aided design and modeling in the development of its products. The
     integration of the Company's design and production is a factor in the
     Company's ability to provide its customers with high reliability,
     individualized equipment performing specific tasks and individualized
     equipment able to perform under conditions specified by the customer.
 
MANUFACTURING AND RAW MATERIALS
 
     The Company fabricates, welds, machines and assembles the chassis,
telescopic booms, cylinders, attachments and many component parts for its heavy
and light duty movers and material handlers. The goals of the Company's
manufacturing operation are quality, efficiency, productivity, cost control and
 
                                       28
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
on-time delivery. The Company strives to develop its manufacturing capacity,
productivity and quality through automation and technology, material control and
quality programs.
 
     QUALITY PROGRAMS. The Company has implemented comprehensive quality
programs, including the following:
 
          Quality feedback/warranty reduction. LiftKing reviews critical quality
     issues on an ongoing basis and initiates corrective actions. A warranty
     system captures early warning reports from field service managers as well
     as details of warranty claims which provide additional input to the quality
     feedback program.
 
          Supplier quality assurance. The Company monitors supplier quality
     through a system which records and tracks reports on defective material
     allowing the Company to execute corrective action measures.
   
    
 
     The Company intends to pursue opportunities to reduce costs of purchased
components through consolidation of vendor sources, improvements in
manufacturing methods and integration of operations. The Company also believes
that opportunities exist to achieve manufacturing economics in the production of
material handlers by combining the production of certain key components.
 
     The principal raw materials and components used in the manufacturing of the
Company's products are steel, engines, transmissions, axles, hydraulic
cylinders, wheels and tires and cabs. The Company procures its raw materials and
components from multiple vendors, although in the case of particular models it
typically purchases certain components from a single vendor. Although
alternative suppliers are available for all raw materials and components, the
Company could experience delays in obtaining components meeting the requisite
specifications from alternative suppliers in the event a principal supplier was
unable to supply a particular component. The Company seeks to manage the risk of
unavailability of key components and raw materials by dealing primarily with
North American suppliers with substantial, financially responsible vendors and
by managing closely its material requirements as well as its vendor
relationships. To date, the Company has not experienced a material delay in
obtaining a satisfactory supply of key components from vendors.
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT, ENGINEERING AND DESIGN
 
     LiftKing believes that its engineering and design capabilities are among
the Company's major strengths. The engineering and design functions are closely
integrated with the Company's manufacturing and marketing activities. This
allows the Company to integrate new production technology with specific needs of
customers, resulting in expanded market opportunities and increased
profitability for the Company.
 
   
     LiftKing has made substantial investments in its engineering systems, which
currently includes a computer-aided design (CAD) system with finite element
analysis (FEA) and three-dimensional solids design capabilities. This system has
greatly enhanced LiftKing's design capabilities and has significantly reduced
the time required for engineering and design functions.
    
 
   
     Research and development expenditures for the years ended July 31, 1996
and 1995 were approximately $359,000 and $648,000, respectively, net of
government assistance of $411,000 and $582,000, respectively, none of which were
recovered directly from the Company's customers.
    
 
MARKETING & DISTRIBUTION
 
     The Company primarily markets and distributes its products through a
network of independent distributors and rental companies who, in turn, sell or
rent the products to end-users. Additionally the Company makes direct sales
through its own marketing staff to certain major accounts as well as to
customers located within and without the United States. The Company plans to
continue to enhance its distribution network by producing unique new products
and by providing technical and service support.
 
     The Company believes that its ongoing distributor support and training
programs help enhance the competitiveness and increase the strength of its
distribution network. The Company supports the sales, service and rental
activities of its distributors with product advertising, sales literature,
product training
 
                                       29
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
and major trade show participation. The Company can also provide its
distributors with product financing through agreements with third party
financing companies.
 
   
CREDIT POLICY
    
 
   
     On larger contracts, the Company reduces credit risk by (i) obtaining
customer deposits to fund the cost of production, (ii) obtaining Government
backed guarantees for payment of contracted sales, (iii) obtaining customer
Letters of Guarantee, or (iv) a combination of these arrangements. On smaller
contracts and sales, Management periodically reviews outstanding accounts
receivable for timely identification of possible bad debts. In order to mitigate
against potential bad debts, particularly in the construction market, the
Company will often place a lien on the equipment sold or leased to give the
Company the right to seize such equipment for non-payment.
    
 
PRODUCT LIABILITY AND PRODUCT RECALL
 
     Product liability claims may be asserted against the Company from time to
time for various injuries alleged to have resulted from defects in the
manufacture and/or design of the Company's products. The Company does not
believe that the resolution of such potential claims, either individually or in
the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations or financial condition. Product liability claims are covered by the
Company's comprehensive general liability insurance policies, subject to certain
deductible amounts. To date, the Company has not experienced any product
liability claims related to injuries incurred due to products defects. However,
there can be no assurance that resolution of product liability claims in the
future will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
     From time to time, the Company discovers defects in product design for
existing products which require it to take steps to correct or retrofit, at the
Company's expense, previously sold products.
 
WARRANTY AND SERVICE
 
     LiftKing products are warranted for design, workmanship and material
quality. Warranty lengths vary depending on competitive standards within
individual markets. In general, warranties tend to be for one year and cover all
parts and labor for non-maintenance repairs, provided the repair was not
necessitated by operator abuse. Optional extended warranties, for one to two
years beyond the base period, are available for purchase. Warranty work is
performed only by authorized LiftKing distributors, unless otherwise authorized
by the Company. Distributors submit claims for warranty reimbursement to the
Company and are credited for the cost of repairs so long as the repairs meet
LiftKing's prescribed standards. Warranty expense is accrued at the time of sale
based on historical experience.
 
TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS
 
     The Company owns and maintains a trademark registration for its principal
trademark titled 'LiftKing'. Registration for the trademark is owned and
maintained in other countries where a significant volume of its products are
sold and registration is considered necessary to protect the Company's
proprietary rights.
 
     The Company applied for a patent for its counter weight hoisting mechanism
(Application No. 08/761497). The Company intends to maintain patents in the
United States and elsewhere where the Company believes such patents are
necessary to maintain the Company's interest in its inventions.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The markets for the company's products are highly competitive. The
principal competitive factors include distribution, price design features,
performance, product reliability and the availability of financing.
 
                                       30
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
     In the market for material handlers, the Company believes it is a large
North American manufacturer, with an estimated share of 1996 shipments of
material handlers of approximately 5%, and its principal competitors include
Omni Quip, Gradall Industries, Inc. and JCB International Co., Ltd. Other
competitors in the North American market include Gehl Company, Pettibone
Corporation, Traverse Lift, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Manitou S.A. and Caterpillar
Inc. Competitors in this market outside the United States include JCB
International Co., Ltd., Manitou S.A., Merlo S.P.A., the Matbro division of
Powerscreen International PLC, Sanderson, FDI/Sambron and Caterpillar Inc. Major
competitors in the steel industry include Kress Corporation, and KAMAG. In the
container handler industry, the Company's major competitors are Caterpillar,
Taylor, and PPM.
    
 
     Many of the Company's competitors are larger than the Company and possess
significantly greater financial, marketing and technical resources. There can be
no assurance that the Company will not experience significant competition in the
future from large global construction equipment manufacturers and other
competitors or that existing competitors will not take actions which could
adversely affect the Company's operating results.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY REGULATION
 
   
     LiftKing is subject to various Canadian and, by virtue of its corporate
sales office in Ohio, American laws and regulations that impose limitations on
the discharge of pollution into the environment and establish standards for the
treatment, storage and disposal of toxic and hazardous wastes. The Company
believes it is in material compliance with all applicable environmental laws and
regulations. The Company does not expect any material impact on future recurring
operating costs of compliance with currently enacted environmental regulations.
    
 
     Under Canadian law, a current owner or operator of real property may be
held liable for the costs of cleaning up certain hazardous materials on the
property. Similarly, persons who have arranged for the disposal of hazardous
materials on properties owned by third parties may be held liable for cleanup
costs for such properties. In each case liability may be imposed without regard
to whether the person knew of or took reasonable acts to prevent the
contamination. Liability under such laws is often joint and several, that is,
any single liable person may be required to bear the entire costs of the
environmental cleanup. That person, however, may usually seek contribution from
other responsible persons, if there are any; and it is typical for groups of
responsible parties to apportion liability among themselves.
 
     The Company regularly conducts an environmental assessment consistent with
recognized standards of due diligence on properties it occupies. To date, these
assessments have not identified contamination in respect of occupied properties
that would be reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations or financial condition. As a general
rule, the Company intends to use such assessments as part of the evaluation of
proposed acquisitions. However, there can be no assurance that environmental
assessments have identified, or will in the future identify, all material
liabilities relating to the Company's premises and businesses, that any
indemnification agreements that can be negotiated will cover all potential
liabilities, or that changes in cleanup requirements or subsequent events at the
Company's premises or at off-site locations will not result in significant costs
to the Company.
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company operates from a facility in Woodbridge, Ontario, Canada. The
facility is owned by Aldrovandi Equipment Limited, a Company wholly owned by the
Company's Chief Executive Officer. See 'Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions'. The lease term was renewed and the renewal period commenced on
August 1, 1997. The annual rent for the facility is $288,000. The facility
contains approximately 110,000 square feet and is located on a seven (7) acre
site. The facility accommodates the Company's corporate offices, manufacturing,
operations, and warehouse. The Company believes all of such facilities are
adequate for its current needs; however, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to obtain appropriate facilities on terms acceptable to the
Company in the future.
 
                                       31
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of August 14, 1997, LiftKing employed 107 people, of which 8 people were
engaged in a managerial capacity, 25 people were salaried and receive an annual
rate of compensation, and 77 people receive hourly wages.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     There are no material legal proceedings pending, or to the Company's
knowledge threatened, against the Company other than as set forth below.
 
   
     The Company's affiliate, LiftKing Incorporated, is the subject of a patent
infringement lawsuit, brought by a competitor of the Company. The lawsuit was
filed in the United States Federal District Court. LiftKing Incorporated was
adjudged to have not violated United States Patent law nor did it infringe upon
the plaintiff's patent. This matter is currently under appeal. LiftKing
Incorporated is a company wholly-owned by Louis Aldrovandi, the Company's
Chairman and President. There is no direct relationship between the Company and
LiftKing Incorporated.
    
 
                                       32



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
     The names and ages of the Directors, executive officers and key personnel
of the Company are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    NAME                        AGE           POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE COMPANY
- ---------------------------------------------   ---   --------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                             <C>   <C>
Louis Aldrovandi.............................   72    Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                        President
Mark Aldrovandi..............................   38    Vice President, General Manager and Director
</TABLE>
 
     Brief biographies of the Directors, executive officers, and key personnel
of the Company are set forth below. All Directors hold office until their
resignation, retirement, removal, disqualification, death or until their
successors have been elected and qualified. Vacancies in the existing Board of
Directors are filled by majority vote of the remaining Directors. Officers of
the Company serve at the will of the board of Directors.
 
     Louis Aldrovandi, has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company since its inception in 1969. From 1961 to 1968, Mr. Aldrovandi was a
construction foreman and manager for Perini Construction on various industrial
projects including hydro-electric power plants. Prior to 1961, Mr. Aldrovandi
has worked in the construction industry and heavy equipment industry in various
capacities. Mr. Aldrovandi also maintains a technical school degree in
electro-mechanics. Mark Aldrovandi is the son of Louis Aldrovandi.
 
     Mark Aldrovandi, has been Vice President and General Manager of the Company
since January 1980. Mr. Aldrovandi is involved in all aspects of the Company's
operations. Mr. Aldrovandi has a business degree from Ryerson Institute,
Ontario, Canada. Mr. Aldrovandi has testified as an expert witness in product
liability actions concerning forklift design. Louis Aldrovandi is the father of
Mark Aldrovandi.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid by the
Company to the officers and directors of the Company who received compensation
in excess of $100,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         OTHER
                                NAME                                   YEAR    SALARY     BONUS(2)    COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ----    -------    --------    ------------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>     <C>        <C>         <C>
Louis Aldrovandi, President and Chief Executive Officer..............  1996    $30,000    $ 85,000      $ 15,000(1)
                                                                       1995     33,000     330,000        15,000(1)
                                                                       1994     29,000           0        15,000(1)
Mark Aldrovandi, Vice President and
  General Manager....................................................  1996     37,000           0        10,000(1)
                                                                       1995     45,000      93,000        10,000(1)
                                                                       1994     29,000           0        10,000(1)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Represents payment for health insurance and automobile lease payments on
    behalf of such individual.
 
   
(2) The Bonus amounts listed here comprise the $508,000 bonus declared payable
    by the Company for its fiscal year ended July 31, 1995.
    
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company has entered into a five year employment agreement commencing
September, 1997 with each of Louis Aldrovandi (Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer, and President), and Mark Aldrovandi (Vice President and General
Manager). The employment agreements provide for annual base salaries of $300,000
(Canadian) and $150,000 (Canadian) with respect to Louis Aldrovandi and Mark
Aldrovandi, respectively. The employment agreements provide for discretionary
bonuses to be determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors and
contain covenants not to compete with
 
                                       33
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
the Company for a two year period following termination of employment. Reference
is hereby made to the employment agreements which have been filed as exhibits to
the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS AND AGREEMENTS
 
     Incentive Option Plan -- In September 1997, the Directors of the Company
adopted and the stockholders of the Company approved the adoption of the
Company's 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan (' Incentive Option Plan'). The
purpose of the Incentive Option Plan is to enable the Company to encourage key
employees and Directors to contribute to the success of the Company by granting
such employees and Directors incentive stock options ('ISOs').
 
     The Incentive Option Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors or
a committee appointed by the Board of Directors (the 'Committee') which will
determine, in its discretion, among other things, the recipients of grants,
whether a grant will consist of ISOs or a combination thereof, and the number of
shares to be subject to such options.
 
     The Incentive Option Plan provides for the granting of ISOs to purchase
Common Stock at an exercise price to be determined by the Board of Directors or
the Committee not less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the
date the option is granted.
 
     The total number of shares with respect to which options may be granted
under the Incentive Option Plan is 750,000. ISOs may not be granted to an
individual to the extent that in the calendar year in which such ISOs first
become exercisable the shares subject to such ISOs have a fair market value on
the date of grant in excess of $100,000. No option may be granted under the
Incentive Option Plan after September 2007 and no option may be outstanding for
more than ten years after its grant. Additionally, no option can be granted for
more than five (5) years to a stockholder owning 10% or more of the Company's
outstanding Common Stock and such options must have an exercise price of not
less than 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant.
 
     Upon the exercise of an option, the holder must make payment of the full
exercise price. Such payment may be made in cash or in shares of Common Stock,
or in a combination of both. The Company may lend to the holder of an option
funds sufficient to pay the exercise price, subject to certain limitations.
 
     The Incentive Option Plan may be terminated or amended at any time by the
Board of Directors, except that, without stockholder approval, the Incentive
Option Plan may not be amended to increase the number of shares subject to the
Incentive Option Plan, change the class of persons eligible to receive options
under the Incentive Option Plan or materially increase the benefits of
participants.
 
     To date, no options have been granted under the Incentive Option Plan.
 
                                       34
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding shares of
Common Stock beneficially owned as of the date of this Prospectus by (i) each
person, known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or
more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's
directors and (iii) all of the Company's officers and directors as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PERCENTAGE OF OWNERSHIP
                                                             NUMBER OF      ------------------------------
                                                             SHARES OF        PRIOR TO
                NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER*                   COMMON STOCK    THE OFFERING    AFTER OFFERING
- ---------------------------------------------------------   ------------    ------------    --------------
 
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>             <C>
Louis Aldrovandi.........................................     3,578,643         81.33%           63.33%
Mark Aldrovandi(1).......................................       133,367          3.03             2.36
All Officers and Directors as a group (2 persons)........     3,712,010         84.36            65.69
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all persons listed in this section
   is c/o LiftKing Industries Inc., 7135 Islington Avenue, Woodbridge, Ontario,
   Canada L4L 1V9.
 
(1) Mark and Grace Aldrovandi (the daughter of Louis Aldrovandi) and their
    children, are the beneficiaries of the Aldrovandi Family Trust, which owns
    170,626 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The trustees of the Aldrovandi
    Family Trust are Saul Muskat, Frank Borgatti, and Lino Aldrovandi, the
    brother of Louis Aldrovandi the Company's President, Chief Executive Officer
    and Chairman.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     LiftKing Industries Inc. was incorporated on April 25, 1989. The Company is
a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada. The
Company's sole shareholder was Dima Products Manufacturing, Inc. ('Dima') a
corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada, which
in turn was wholly owned by Louis Aldrovandi, the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer. In August 1997, the Company merged with and into Dima. Under
Canadian law, the surviving entity accepted the name LiftKing Industries Inc. In
accordance with the merger, LiftKing Industries Inc. issued 4,053,643 Common
Shares of the Company's Common Stock to the sole shareholder, Louis Aldrovandi,
in exchange for the shares previously issued to Mr. Aldrovandi by Dima.
 
     In August 1997, the Company purchased all of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of Liftmaster Limited ('Liftmaster'), a corporation organized
under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada on November 10, 1976, from its
shareholders Grace and Mark Aldrovandi, a Director of the Company. Also in
August 1997, the Company purchased all of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of 463291 Ontario Limited ('463291'), a corporation organized under the
laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada on December 4, 1980, from its sole
shareholder The Aldrovandi Family Trust. In exchange for the shares of
Liftmaster and 463291, the Company issued 42,364 shares of its Common Stock to
Grace Aldrovandi, 133,367 shares of its Common Stock to Mark Aldrovandi and
170,626 shares of its Common Stock to the Aldrovandi Family Trust. The
beneficiaries of the Trust are Mark and Grace Aldrovandi and their children.
 
     On August 1, 1997 the Company entered into a lease agreement with
Aldrovandi Equipment, Limited, a company wholly owned by the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and President. The lease provides for a term of five (5) years
commencing August 1, 1997, and continuing until July 31, 2002. The leased
property encompasses approximately 110,000 square feet, which comprises three
(3) separate structures of 61,636 square feet, 32,873 square feet, and 10,400
square feet, respectively, of enclosed manufacturing, storage, and office space.
The aggregate monthly rental payment for the three (3) structures is $24,000.
 
   
     On June 16, 1997 The Company repaid $4,500,000 of Indebtedness to
Sandchelle Investments, Inc. ('Sandchelle'), a Company wholly-owned by Louis
Aldrovandi, the Company's President, Chief Executive Office and Chairman.
Sandchelle effectively acted as banker to the Company and provided
    
 
                                       35
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
   
part of the funding for the Company's operations. The indebtedness to
Sandchelle bears interest at Canadian prime plus 3%, resulting in interest
charges as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    MAY 31,       MAY 31,       JULY 31,      JULY 31,      JULY 31,
                                      1997          1996          1996          1995          1994
                                    --------      --------      --------      --------      --------
 
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Interest charges.................   $366,026      $324,669      $410,707      $264,730      $554,503
Average interest rate............      7 3/4%            9%            9%        8 1/2%            8%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The indebtedness is due on demand, but is not subject to specified
repayment terms, and is secured by a general security agreement and promissory
note. The security is subordinate to and the repayment of the indebtedness is
postponed in favor of the Company's bank. Interest was effectively paid annually
by its inclusion in the loan owing to Sandchelle. The outstanding balance of the
loan to the Company from Sandchelle as of September 4, 1997 is $4,500.
    
 
   
     As at May 31, 1997, the amount owing to related parties of $541,709 was
comprised as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Salaries payable to members of the Aldrovandi family.....................................   $298,343
Dividends payable to members of the Aldrovandi family....................................    243,368
                                                                                            --------
                                                                                            $541,709
                                                                                            --------
                                                                                            --------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The salaries payable have remained unpaid as at October 17, 1997, while
dividends payable were paid by August 31, 1997.
    
 
   
     Transactions between the Company and its officers, directors, employees and
affiliates will be on terms no less favorable to the Company than can be
obtained from independent, disinterested third parties. Upon appointment of
additional directors, any such transactions will be subject to the approval of a
majority of the independent disinterested members of the Board of Directors.
    
 
                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
GENERAL
 
     The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of
which 4,400,000 Shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of this
Prospectus. After giving effect to this Offering 5,650,000 shares of Common
Stock and 1,500,000 Warrants will be issued and outstanding.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     Holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company are entitled to share
equally on a per share basis in such dividends as may be declared by the Board
of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. There are presently no
plans to pay dividends with respect to the shares of Common Stock. See 'Dividend
Policy.' Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after
payment of creditors and the holders of any senior securities of the Company,
including Preferred Stock, if any, the assets of the Company will be divided pro
rata on a per share basis among the holders of the shares of Common Stock. The
Common Stock is not subject to any liability for further assessments. There are
no conversion or redemption privileges nor any sinking fund provisions with
respect to the Common Stock and the Common Stock is not subject to call. The
holders of Common Stock do not have any pre-emptive or other subscription
rights.
 
     Holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to cast one vote for each
share held at all stockholders' meetings including the Annual Meeting, for all
purposes, including the election of directors. The Common Stock does not have
cumulative voting rights.
 
     All of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock are and the shares
of Common Stock offered hereby when issued against the consideration set forth
in this Prospectus, will be, fully paid, validly issued and non-assessable.
 
                                       36
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
WARRANTS
 
     Each Warrant will entitle the registered holder to purchase one share of
the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.50 per share during the
four year period commencing one year from the date of this Prospectus. No
fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the exercise
of Warrants. Upon exercise, the Company will pay the holder the value of any
such fractional shares in cash, based upon the market value of the Common Stock
at such time.
 
     Unless extended by the Company at its discretion, the Warrants will expire
at 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the fifth anniversary of the date of this
Prospectus. In the event a holder of Warrants fails to exercise the Warrants
prior to their expiration, the Warrants will expire and the holder thereof will
have no further rights with respect to the Warrants.
 
     The Company may redeem the Warrants at a price of $.10 per Warrant,
commencing twelve (12) months from the date of this Prospectus with the consent
of the Underwriter, and eighteen (18) months from the date of this Prospectus
without the consent of the Underwriter, upon not less than 30 days prior written
notice to the Warrantholders, and the average closing price or bid price of the
Common Stock as reported by the principal exchange on which the Common Stock is
traded, the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the National Quotation Bureau,
Incorporated, as the case may be, equals or exceeds 250% of the then exercise
price of the Warrants for the ten (10) consecutive trading days ending within
three (3) days prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given.
 
     No Warrants will be exercisable unless at the time of exercise there is a
current prospectus covering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
such Warrants under an effective registration statement filed with the
Commission and such shares have been qualified for sale or are exempt from
qualification under the securities laws of the state or residence of the holder
of such Warrants. Although the Company intends to have all shares so qualified
for sale in those states where the Securities are being offered and to maintain
a current prospectus relating thereto until the expiration of the Warrants,
subject to the terms of the Warrant Agreement there can be no assurance that it
will be able to do so.
 
     A holder of Warrants will not have any rights, privileges or liabilities as
a shareholder of the Company prior to exercise of the Warrants. The Company is
required to keep available a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common
Stock to permit exercise of the Warrants.
 
     The exercise price of the Warrants and the number of shares issuable upon
exercise of the Warrants will be subject to adjustment to protect against
dilution in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, combinations,
subdivisions and reclassifications. No assurance can be given that the market
price of the Company's Common Stock will exceed the exercise price of the
Warrants at any time during the exercise period.
 
     In connection with this Offering, the Company will issue to Monroe Parker
Securities, Inc., an Underwriter's Purchase Option to purchase 125,000 shares of
Common Stock ('Underwriter's Common Stock') and Warrants to purchase an
additional 150,000 shares of Common Stock ('Underwriter's Warrants'). The
Underwriter's Common Stock and Underwriter's Warrants are being registered under
the Registration Statement to which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMISSION POLICY
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be
permitted to directors, officers and other agents of the Company, the Company
has been informed that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
TRANSFER AGENT & REGISTRAR
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for the Company's securities is American
Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the 'Transfer Agent').
 
                                       37
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
            CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
   
     The following is management's opinion of the principal United States
Federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Common Shares and the Warrants and upon the exercise, redemption or
expiration of the Redeemable Warrants by a Warrant holder, that is a citizen or
resident of the United States or a U.S. domestic corporation or that otherwise
will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax (a 'U.S. Holder'). This summary is
based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'),
administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and existing and proposed
Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this
Prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. This summary
discusses only the principal U.S. Federal income tax consequences to those
beneficial owners holding the securities as capital assets within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Code and does not address the tax treatment of a beneficial
owner that owns 10% or more of the Common Shares. It is for general guidance
only and does not address the consequences applicable to certain specialized
classes of taxpayers such as certain financial institutions, insurance
companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, or U.S. persons whose
functional currency (as defined in Section 985 of the Code) is not the U.S.
dollar. Persons considering the purchase of Securities should consult their tax
advisors with regard to the application of the United States and other income
tax laws to their particular situations. In particular, a U.S. Holder should
consult his tax advisor with regard to the application of the U.S. Federal
income tax laws to his situation.
    
 
COMMON SHARES
 
     A U.S. Holder generally will realize, to the extent of the Company's
current and accumulated earnings and profits, foreign source ordinary income on
the receipt of cash dividends, if any, on the Common Shares equal to the U.S.
dollar value of such dividends determined by reference to the exchange rate in
effect on the day they are received by the U.S. Holder (with the value of such
dividends composed before any reduction for any Canadian withholding tax). U.S.
Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the treatment of foreign
currency gain or loss, if any, on any dividends received which are converted
into U.S. dollars on a date subsequent to receipt. Subject to the requirements
and limitations imposed by the Code, a U.S. Holder may elect to claim the
Canadian tax withheld or paid with respect to dividends on the Common Shares as
a foreign tax credit against the U.S. Federal income tax liability of such
holder. Dividends on the Common Shares generally will constitute 'passive
income' or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, 'financial services income' for
U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. U.S. Holders who do not elect to claim any
foreign tax credits may claim deduction for Canadian income tax withheld.
Dividends paid on the Common Shares will not be eligible for the dividends
received deduction available in certain cases to U.S. corporations. Upon a sale
or exchange of a Common Share, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss equal
to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or exchange and the
tax basis of such Common Share. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or
loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of the sale or
exchange the Common Share has been held for more than one year.
 
REDEEMABLE WARRANTS
 
     No gain or loss will be recognized by the holder of a Redeemable Warrant
upon the exercise of the Redeemable Warrant. The cost basis of the Common Shares
acquired upon such exercise will be the cost basis of the Redeemable Warrant
plus any additional amount paid upon the exercise of the Redeemable Warrant.
Gain or loss will be recognized upon the subsequent sale or exchange of the
Common Shares acquired by the exercise of the Redeemable Warrant, measured by
the difference between the amount realized upon sale or exchange and the cost
basis of the Common Shares so acquired. If a Redeemable Warrant is not
exercised, but is sold or exchanged (whether pursuant to redemption or
otherwise), gain or loss will be recognized upon such event measured by the
difference between the amount realized by the holder of the Redeemable Warrant
as a result of the sale, exchange or redemption and the cost basis of the
Redeemable Warrant.
 
                                       38
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     If a Redeemable Warrant is not exercised and is allowed to expire, the
Redeemable Warrant will be deemed to be sold or exchanged on the date of
expiration. In such event, the holder of the Redeemable Warrant will recognize a
loss to the extent of the cost basis of the Redeemable Warrant.
 
     Generally, any gain or loss recognized as a result of the foregoing will be
a capital gain or loss and will either be long-term or short-term depending upon
the period of time the Common Shares sold or exchanged or the Redeemable Warrant
sold, exchanged, redeemed, or allowed to expire, as the case may be, was held. A
holding period of more than one year results in long term capital gain or loss
treatment. If a Redeemable Warrant is exercised, the holding period of the
Common Shares so acquired will not include the period during which the
Redeemable Warrant was held.
 
     This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, and
should not be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any prospective investor
and no representation with respect to the tax consequences to any particular
investor is made.
 
                             INVESTMENT CANADA ACT
 
     The Investment Canada Act is a Federal Canadian statute which regulates the
acquisition of control of existing Canadian businesses and the establishment of
new Canadian businesses by an entity that is a 'non-Canadian' as that term is
defined in the Investment Canada Act.
 
     The Company believes that it is not currently a 'non-Canadian' for purposes
of the Investment Canada Act. If the Company were to become a 'non-Canadian' in
the future, acquisitions of control of Canadian businesses by the Company would
become subject to the Investment Canada Act. Generally, the direct acquisition
by a 'non-Canadian' of an existing Canadian business with gross assets of
$5,000,000 or more is reviewable under the investment Canada Act, with a
threshold of $168 million for 1996 for 'NAFTA investors,' as defined under the
Investment Canada Act.
 
     Indirect acquisitions of existing Canadian businesses (with gross assets
over certain threshold levels) as well as acquisitions of businesses relating to
Canada's cultural heritage or national identity (regardless of the value of
assets involved) may also be reviewable under the Investment Canada Act. In
addition, acquisitions of control of existing investments to establish new,
unrelated businesses are not generally reviewable but do require that a notice
of the investment be given under the Investment Canada Act. An investment is a
new business that is related to the non-Canadian's existing business in Canada
is not notifiable under the Investment Canada Act unless such investment relates
to Canada's cultural heritage or national identity.
 
     Investments which are reviewable under the Investment Canada Act are
reviewed by the Minister, designated as being responsible for the administration
of the Investment Canada Act. Reviewable investments may not be implemented
prior to the Minister determining that the investment is likely to be of 'net
benefit to Canada' based on the criteria set out in the Investment Canada Act.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement
by and between the Company and the Underwriter (the 'Underwriting Agreement'),
the Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the Company, and the Company has
agreed to sell to the Underwriter, an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of Common
Stock and 1,500,000 Warrants, at the initial public offering prices less the
underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus.
 
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the Underwriter
to pay for and accept delivery of certificates representing the shares of Common
Stock and Warrants are subject to certain conditions precedent, and that the
Underwriter will purchase all of the shares of Common Stock and Warrants shown
above if any of such shares of Common Stock or Warrants are purchased.
 
     The Underwriter has advised the Company that it proposes initially to offer
the shares of Common Stock and Warrants directly to the public at the initial
public offering prices set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to
certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $      per
share and $      per Warrant. After the initial public offering, the public
offering price and concession may be changed.
 
                                       39
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     The Company has granted to the Underwriter an option, exercisable during
the 45-day period after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an
aggregate of 187,500 additional shares of Common Stock and 225,000 Warrants at
the initial public offering prices less the underwriting discounts and
commissions set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The Underwriter may
exercise this option only to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection
with the sale of Common Stock and Warrants offered hereby.
 
   
     The Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriter, the right to purchase up
to an aggregate of 125,000 shares of Common Stock and 150,000 Class A Warrants
(the 'Underwriter's Options'). The Underwriter's Options will be exercisable for
a four-year period commencing one year after the date of the Prospectus, at an
exercise price equal to 165% of the initial public offering price of the shares
of Common Stock and Warrants being offered hereby. The Warrants underlying the
Underwriter's Options have the same terms and conditions as the Warrants to be
sold to the public in this offering, except that they are subject to redemption
by the Company at any time after the Underwriter's Options have been exercised
and the underlying Warrants are outstanding. The Underwriter's Options may not
be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated for a period of five
years from the date of the Prospectus except to the Underwriter or its officers.
    
 
   
     The Company has agreed to file, during the four-year period beginning one
year from the date of the Prospectus, on two separate occasions (on only one
occasion at the cost of the Underwriter), at the request of the holders of a
majority of the Underwriter's Options and the underlying shares of Common Stock
and Warrants, and to use its best efforts to cause to become effective, a
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a new registration
statement under the Securities Act, as required to permit the public sale of the
shares of Common Stock and Warrants issued or issuable upon exercise of the
Underwriter's Options. In addition, the Company has agreed to give advance
notice to holders of the Underwriter's Options of its intention to file certain
registration statements commencing one year and ending five years after the date
of the Prospectus, and in such case, holders of such Underwriter's Options or
underlying shares of Common Stock and Warrants shall have the right to require
the Company to include all or part of such shares of Common Stock and Warrants
underlying such Underwriter's Options in such registration statement at the
Company's expense.
    
 
   
     For the life of the Underwriter's Options, the holders thereof are given
the opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of the shares of
Common Stock and Warrants, which may result in a dilution of the interests of
other stockholders. As a result, the Company may find it more difficult to raise
additional equity capital if it should be needed for the business of the Company
while the Underwriter's Options are outstanding. The holders of the
Underwriter's Options might be expected to exercise them at a time when the
Company would, in all likelihood, be able to obtain additional equity capital on
terms more favorable to the Company than those provided by the Underwriter's
Options. Any profit realized on the sale of the shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of the Underwriter's Options may be deemed additional
underwriting compensation.
    
 
     The Company has agreed to pay to the Underwriter a non-accountable expense
allowance equal to 3% of the gross proceeds of this offering, including any
Common Stock and Warrants purchased pursuant to the Underwriter's over-allotment
option, no portion of which has been paid to date.
 
   
     Upon the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock and Warrants offered
hereby, the Company will enter into a two (2) year financial consulting
agreement with the Underwriter, pursuant to which the Company will be obligated
to pay the Underwriter $26,125 in advance upon the closing of the Offering, for
financial and investment advisory services to the Company.
    
 
   
     The Company has granted to the Underwriter the right to appoint one person
to serve on its Board of Directors or to function as an observer at meetings of
the Board, subject to the Company's approval, for a period of three years from
the date of this Prospectus. The Underwriter has not yet identified a
representative to be appointed to the Board of Directors or to serve as an
observer, and has no present intention to do so.
    
 
     The Company and the Underwriter have agreed to indemnify each other
against, or to contribute to losses arising out of, certain civil liabilities in
connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
                                       40
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     The Company has agreed not to sell, issue, or grant any options (other than
pursuant to a qualified employee stock option plan) or otherwise dispose of any
security without the Underwriter's consent for three (3) years after the date of
this Prospectus.
 
     All of the Company's officers, directors and stockholders have agreed not
to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
Stock or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock without the prior written
consent of the Underwriter for a period of three years after the date of this
Prospectus, and have also agreed not to sell for an additional twelve (12) month
period if the Company has not achieved after tax net earnings of $3,000,000 for
the fiscal year ended July 31, 1999.
 
     The Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriter, for an aggregate price
of $10, the right to purchase up to an aggregate of 125,000 shares of Common
Stock and 150,000 Warrants (the 'Underwriter's Purchase Options'). The
Underwriter's Purchase Options will be exercisable for a four-year period
commencing one year after the date of the Prospectus, at an exercise price equal
to 120% of the initial public offering prices of the Common Stock and Warrants
being offered hereby. The Warrants underlying the Underwriter's Options have the
same terms and conditions as the Warrants to be sold to the public in this
offering, except that they are subject to redemption by the Company at any time
after the Underwriter's Options have been exercised and the underlying Warrants
are outstanding. The Underwriter's Options may not be sold, assigned,
transferred, pledged or hypothecated for a period of five years from the date of
the Prospectus except to the Underwriter or its officers.
 
     The Company has agreed to file, during the four-year period beginning one
year from the date of the Prospectus, on one or more separate occasion (on only
one occasion at the cost of the Underwriter), at the request of the holders of a
majority of the Underwriter's Options, and to use its best efforts to cause to
become effective, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a
new registration statement under the Securities Act, as required to permit the
public sale of the shares of Common Stock and Warrants issued or issuable upon
exercise of the Underwriter's Purchase Options. In addition, the Company has
agreed to give advance notice to holders of the Underwriter's Purchase Options
of its intention to file certain registration statements commencing one year and
ending five years after the date of the Prospectus, and in such case, holders of
such Underwriter's Purchase Options or underlying shares of Common Stock and
Warrants shall have the right to require the Company to include all or part of
such shares of Common Stock and Warrants underlying such Underwriter's Purchase
Options in such registration statement at the Company's expense.
 
     For the life of the Underwriter's Purchase Options, the holders thereof are
given the opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of the shares of
Common Stock and Warrants, which may result in a dilution of the interests of
other stockholders. As a result, the Company may find it more difficult to raise
additional equity capital if it should be needed for the business of the Company
while the Underwriter's Options are outstanding. The holders of the
Underwriter's Purchase Options might be expected to exercise them at a time when
the Company would, in all likelihood, be able to obtain additional equity
capital on terms more favorable to the Company than those provided by the
Underwriter's Purchase Options. Any profit realized on the sale of the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Underwriter's Purchase Options
may be deemed additional underwriting compensation.
 
     The underwriting agreement provides for the Underwriter to receive a
finder's fee, ranging from 5% of the first $3,000,000 down to 1% of the excess
over $10,000,000 of the consideration involved in any capital business
transaction (including mergers and acquisitions) consummated by the Company in
which the Underwriter introduced the other party to the Company during the
five-year period following the completion of the offering.
 
     Upon the exercise of the Warrants, the Company will pay the Underwriter a
fee of 4% of the aggregate exercise price if (i) the market price of its Common
Stock on the date the Warrant is exercised is greater than the then exercise
price of the Warrants; (ii) the exercise of the Warrant was solicited by a
member of NASD and the customer states in writing that the transaction was
solicited and designates in writing the broker-dealer to receive compensation
for the exercise; (iii) the Warrant is not held in a discretionary account; (iv)
disclosure of compensation arrangements was made both at the time of the
Offering and at the time of exercise of the Warrants; and (v) the solicitation
of exercise of the Warrant was not in violation of Regulation M promulgated
under the Exchange Act.
 
                                       41
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
     The Underwriters may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions,
syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M
under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Over-allotment
involves syndicate sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a
syndicate short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the
underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specific
maximum. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchase of the Company's
securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order
to cover syndicate short positions. Penalty bids permit the Underwriter to
reclaim a selling concession from syndicate member when the securities
originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering
transaction to cover syndicate short positions. Such stabling transactions,
syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may cause the price of the
securities to be higher than they would otherwise be in the absence of such
transactions.
 
     The foregoing includes a summary of all of the material terms of the
Underwriting Agreement and does not purport to be complete. Reference is made to
the copy of the Underwriting Agreement that is on file as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
     The Underwriter has informed the Company that no sales will be made to any
account over which the Underwriter exercises discretionary authority.
 
DETERMINATION OF PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE
 
     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Securities.
The initial public offering prices for the Securities has been determined by
negotiations between the Company and the Underwriter Among the factors
considered in the negotiations were the market price of the Company's Common
Stock, an analysis of the areas of activity in which the Company is engaged, the
present state of the Company's business, the Company's financial condition, the
Company's prospects, an assessment of management, and the general condition of
the securities market at the time of this Offering. The public offering prices
of the Securities does not necessarily bear any relationship to assets,
earnings, book value or other criteria of value applicable to the Company.
 
     The Company anticipates that the Common Stock and Warrants will be listed
for quotation on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbols 'LIFT' and
'LIFTW,' respectively, on the Pacific Stock Exchange under the symbols 'LIFT'
and 'LIFTW,' respectively, and on the Boston Stock Exchange under the symbols
'LIFT' and 'LIFTW,' respectively, but there can be no assurances that an active
trading market will develop, even if the securities are accepted for quotation.
The Underwriter intends to make a market in all of the publicly-traded
securities of the Company.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters regarding the federal securities laws of the United
States will be passed upon for the Company by Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, 950
Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022. Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, has served, and
continues to serve, as counsel to the Underwriter in matters unrelated to this
Offering. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriter by
Singer Zamansky, LLP, 40 Exchange Place, New York, NY 10005. The validity of the
securities being offered hereby and certain legal matters regarding Canadian law
will be passed upon for the Company by Farano Green, Suite 1100, 22 St. Clair
Avenue East, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M4T 2Z6.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     Certain of the financial statements of the Company included in this
Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement, to the extent and for
the periods indicated in their reports, have been examined by Schwartz Levitsky
Feldman, independent chartered accountants, which appear elsewhere herein and in
the Registration Statement.
 
                                       42
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company does not presently file reports and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the 'Commission'). However, following
completion of this Offering, the Company intends to furnish its stockholders
with annual reports containing audited financial statements examined and
reported upon by its independent public accounting firm and such interim
reports, in each case as it may determine to furnish or as may be required by
law. After the effective date of this Offering, the Company will be subject to
the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the 'Exchange Act') and in accordance therewith will file reports, proxy
statements and other information with the Commission.
 
     Reports and other information filed by the Company can be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained at the Commission at Room
1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20549. Copies of such material can
be obtained upon written request addressed to the Commission, Public Reference
Section, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.
The Commission maintains a web site on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov) that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the Commission through the
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System ('EDGAR'). The Company
has filed, through EDGAR, with the Commission a registration statement on Form
SB-2 (herein together with all amendments and exhibits referred to as the
'Registration Statement') under the Act of which this Prospectus forms a part.
This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration Statement, certain parts of which have been omitted in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further information
reference is made to the Registration Statement.
 
                                       43



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                            LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC.
                               GROUP OF COMPANIES
                           FINANCIAL STATEMENT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                                      -------------
 
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
Review Engagement Report...........................................................................             F-2
Interim Combined Balance Sheets, as of May 31, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited)...........................             F-3
Interim Combined Statements of Income, for the Ten Months Ended May 31, 1997 and 1996
  (unaudited)......................................................................................             F-4
Interim Combined Statements of Cash Flows, for the Ten Months Ended May 31, 1997 and 1996
  (unaudited)......................................................................................             F-5
Interim Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity, for the Ten Months Ended May 31, 1997 and 1996
  (unaudited)......................................................................................             F-6
Notes to Interim Combined Financial Statements.....................................................      F-7 - F-16
Auditors' Report...................................................................................            F-17
Combined Balance Sheets, as of July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994........................................            F-18
Combined Statements of Income, as of July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994..................................            F-19
Combined Statements of Cash Flows, as of July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994..............................            F-20
Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity, as of July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994....................            F-21
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.............................................................     F-22 - F-29
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                            REVIEW ENGAGEMENT REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES (Note 1)
 
     We have reviewed the interim combined balance sheets of LiftKing Industries
Inc. Group of Companies (note 1) (incorporated in Canada) as at May 31, 1997 and
1996 and the interim combined statements of income, cash flows and changes in
stockholders' equity for the ten months ended May 31, 1997 and 1996. Our review
was made in accordance with generally accepted standards for review engagements
in the United States of America and accordingly consisted primarily of enquiry,
analytical procedures and discussion related to information supplied to us by
the companies.
 
     A review does not constitute an audit and consequently we do not express an
audit opinion on these financial statements.
 
     Based on our reviews, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to
believe that these combined financial statements are not, in all material
respects, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America.
 
   
                                          SCHWARTZ LEVITSKY FELDMAN
                                          Chartered Accountants
    
 
Toronto, Ontario
August 15, 1997
   
    
 
                                      F-2
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                        INTERIM COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              AS OF MAY 31,
                                                                                        -------------------------
                                                                                           1997           1996
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
                                                                                           (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED
                                                                                             IN US DOLLARS)
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
                                       ASSETS
Current assets
     Cash............................................................................   $ 3,957,233    $  956,887
     Accounts receivable.............................................................     2,945,348     2,143,940
     Investment tax credits receivable...............................................       336,909       415,982
     Inventory (note 2)..............................................................     2,192,079     4,938,426
     Prepaid expenses and sundry assets..............................................        72,567        64,834
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
          Total current assets.......................................................     9,504,136     8,520,069
Mortgages and notes receivable (note 3)..............................................       153,306       209,163
Capital assets (note 4)..............................................................       479,596       471,217
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
          Total assets...............................................................   $10,137,038    $9,200,449
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
 
                                     LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
     Accounts payable................................................................   $ 2,114,832    $1,875,507
     Customer deposits...............................................................       698,339     1,156,029
     Deferred income taxes...........................................................        97,691        70,134
     Income taxes payable............................................................       533,760        33,310
     Current portion of loan payable to affiliated company (note 5)..................     4,009,326        --
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
          Total current liabilities..................................................     7,453,948     3,134,980
Loan payable to affiliated company (note 5)..........................................       808,069     5,258,947
Loans payable to related parties.....................................................        19,579        19,715
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
          Total liabilities..........................................................   $ 8,281,596    $8,413,642
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
 
                                STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Capital stock (notes 6, 14 and 15)...................................................   $       310    $      310
Retained earnings....................................................................     1,941,744       856,999
Cumulative translation adjustments...................................................       (86,612)      (70,502)
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
          Total stockholders' equity.................................................     1,855,442       786,807
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.................................   $10,137,038    $9,200,449
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
                                                                                        -----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     INTERIM COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FOR THE TEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                               MAY 31,
                                                                                      --------------------------
                                                                                         1997           1996
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                                                          (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED
                                                                                            IN US DOLLARS)
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Revenue............................................................................   $17,608,177    $17,814,993
Cost of sales......................................................................    13,819,052     14,175,210
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
Gross profit.......................................................................     3,789,125      3,639,783
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
Operating expenses:
     Selling.......................................................................       273,868        255,731
     Administrative................................................................       985,761        682,903
     Amortization..................................................................       111,750        123,625
     Unusual items (note 7)........................................................        52,894        335,970
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
          Total operating expenses.................................................     1,424,273      1,398,229
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
Operating income...................................................................     2,364,852      2,241,554
Interest expense...................................................................       447,010        374,276
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
Income before income taxes.........................................................     1,917,842      1,867,278
     Income taxes (note 8).........................................................       652,066        493,776
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
Net income.........................................................................   $ 1,265,776    $ 1,373,502
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
 
Net income per weighted average common share.......................................      $0.29          $0.31
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (note 14).....................     4,400,000      4,400,000
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                   INTERIM COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FOR THE TEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                 MAY 31,
                                                                                        -------------------------
                                                                                           1997          1996
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
                                                                                           (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED
                                                                                             IN US DOLLARS)
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income......................................................................   $1,265,776    $ 1,373,502
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating
      activities:
          Amortization...............................................................      111,750        123,625
          Loss on write off of mortgages and notes receivable........................       --            244,119
          Decrease/(increase) in accounts receivable.................................     (288,507)     4,014,956
          Decrease/(increase) in inventory...........................................    2,355,306       (958,277)
          Decrease/(increase) in prepaid expenses....................................       86,022          4,412
          Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable....................................      432,667     (2,079,793)
          Increase/(decrease) in customer deposits...................................     (550,844)    (4,634,691)
          Increase/(decrease) in income taxes payable................................      524,000         26,807
          Increase/(decrease) in deferred income taxes...............................       14,402         30,862
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
               Total adjustments.....................................................    2,884,793     (2,647,124)
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities..................................    4,150,569     (1,273,622)
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Mortgages and notes receivable repaid (advanced)................................       51,312        (22,110)
     Additions to capital assets.....................................................     (144,910)      (209,972)
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
          Net cash used in investing activities......................................      (93,598)      (232,082)
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Issuance of special shares......................................................       --                735
     Redemption of special shares....................................................       --           (734,808)
     Dividends paid..................................................................     (243,366)          (735)
     Advances from (repayments to) affiliated company................................     (369,148)     1,400,562
     Repayment to related parties....................................................       --            (61,184)
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
          Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities........................     (612,514)       604,570
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes.....................................      (36,764)        (1,714)
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.................................    3,407,693       (902,848)
Cash:
     Beginning of period.............................................................      549,540      1,859,735
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
     End of period...................................................................    3,957,233        956,887
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
Income tax (refunds received)........................................................     (109,809)      (136,705)
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
Interest paid........................................................................   $  109,226    $   336,169
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
                                                                                        ----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
              INTERIM COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        FOR THE TEN MONTHS ENDED MAY 31
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
                                                              COMMON STOCK                            CUMULATIVE
                                                               NUMBER OF                 RETAINED     TRANSLATION
                                                                 SHARES       AMOUNT     EARNINGS     ADJUSTMENTS
                                                              ------------    ------    ----------    -----------
                                                                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>       <C>           <C>
Balance as of July 31, 1995................................        387         $310     $  218,305     $ (66,225)
     Foreign currency translation..........................      --            --           --            (4,277)
     Dividends paid (note 6b)..............................      --            --             (735)       --
     Excess of redemption proceeds over stated capital of
       special shares (note 6b)............................      --            --         (734,073)       --
     Net income for the period.............................      --            --        1,373,502        --
                                                                   ---        ------    ----------    -----------
Balance as of May 31, 1996.................................        387          310        856,999       (70,502)
                                                                   ---        ------    ----------    -----------
Balance as of July 31, 1996................................        387          310        919,334       (73,944)
     Foreign currency translation..........................      --            --           --           (12,668)
     Dividends paid........................................      --            --         (243,366)       --
     Net income for the period.............................      --            --        1,265,776        --
                                                                   ---        ------    ----------    -----------
Balance as of May 31, 1997.................................        387         $310     $1,941,744     $ (86,612)
                                                                   ---        ------    ----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                 NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
A) BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     These financial statements of LiftKing Industries Inc. Group of Companies
combine the accounts of the following companies as at their respective ten
months period ended:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
LiftKing Industries Inc. .......................................  May 31, 1996 and 1997
LiftKing Incorporated...........................................  May 31, 1996 and 1997
Liftmaster Limited..............................................  April 30, 1996 and 1997
463291 Ontario Limited..........................................  May 31, 1996 and 1997
</TABLE>
 
     All material inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated
on combination.
 
   
     These combined financial statements are being prepared in anticipation of a
planned initial public offering involving LiftKing Industries Inc., Liftmaster
Limited and 463291 Ontario Limited, but excluding LiftKing Incorporated
('Incorporated'). The accounts of Incorporated have been included in these
combinations strictly for comparative purposes, as Incorporated was the primary
operating entity of the group of companies until August 1995, at which time all
new operating contracts were undertaken by LiftKing Industries, Inc.
Incorporated is currently an inactive company whose accounts at May 31, 1997 are
summarized as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Current assets.................................................................   $   361,000
Long-term assets...............................................................       234,000
                                                                                  -----------
     Total assets..............................................................   $   595,000
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  -----------
Current liabilities............................................................   $   916,000
Long-term liabilities..........................................................       813,000
                                                                                  -----------
Total liabilities..............................................................     1,729,000
Shareholder's deficiency.......................................................    (1,134,000)
                                                                                  -----------
     Total liabilities and shareholder's deficiency............................   $   595,000
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
B) PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
 
   
     The LiftKing Industries Inc. Group of Companies is principally engaged in
the production of heavy transportation, construction and military equipment in
Canada and its distribution in Canada, the United States of America and Mexico.
    
 
     Each of the companies within the Group was incorporated in Canada on the
following dates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
LiftKing Industries Inc. ............................................  April 25, 1989
LiftKing Incorporated................................................  May 24, 1988
Liftmaster Limited...................................................  November 10, 1976
463291 Ontario Limited...............................................  December 4, 1980
</TABLE>
 
C) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, amounts due from and to
banks, and any other highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of
three months or less. The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the
short maturity of those instruments.
 
D) OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The carrying amount of the companies' accounts receivables and payables
approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.
 
                                      F-7
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
E) INVENTORY
 
   
     Raw material is valued at the lower of cost and replacement cost. Cost is
determined on the first-in, first-out basis. Finished goods and work-in-process
have been valued at the lower of cost (which includes raw materials, direct
labor and a portion of factory overhead) and fair market value.
    
 
F) CAPITAL ASSETS
 
     Capital assets are recorded at cost and are amortized on the basis over
their estimated useful lives at the undernoted rates and methods:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>     <C>
Plant equipment...............................................    20%    Declining balance
Automotive equipment..........................................    30%    Declining balance
Office equipment..............................................    20%    Declining balance
Computer hardware.............................................    30%    Declining balance
Computer software.............................................   100%    Declining balance
Leasehold improvements........................................    20%    Straight-line
</TABLE>
 
     Amortization for assets acquired during the period are recorded at one-half
of the indicated rates, which approximates when they were put into use.
 
G) INCOME TAXES
 
     The companies account for income tax under the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, which requires recognition of deferred
tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events
that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred
income taxes are provided using the liability method. Under the liability
method, deferred income taxes are recognized for all significant temporary
differences between the tax and financial statement bases of assets and
liabilities.
 
H) DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
 
     Deferred income taxes represent the tax benefits derived from timing
differences between amortization of capital assets charged to operations and
amounts deducted from taxable income.
 
I) GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE AND INVESTMENT TAX CREDITS
 
     Government assistance and investment tax credits are recorded on the
accrual basis and are accounted for as a reduction of the related current or
capital expenditures.
 
J) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
     The companies maintain their books and records in Canadian dollars. Foreign
currency transactions are translated using the temporal method. Under this
method, all monetary items are translated into Canadian funds at the rate of
exchange prevailing at balance sheet date. Non-monetary items are translated at
historical rates. Income and expenses are translated at the rate in effect on
the transaction dates. Transaction gains and losses are included in the
determination of earnings for the period.
 
     The translation of the financial statements from Canadian dollars into
United States dollars is performed for the convenience of the reader. Balance
sheet accounts are translated using closing exchange rates in effect at the
balance sheet date and income and expenses accounts are translated using an
average exchange rate prevailing during each reporting period. No representation
is made that the Canadian dollar amounts could have been or could be, converted
into United States dollars at the
 
                                      F-8
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
rates on the respective dates and or at any other certain rates. Adjustments
resulting from the translation are included in the cumulative translation
adjustments in stockholders' equity.
 
   
K) CONTRACT SALES AND CUSTOMER DEPOSITS
    
 
   
     With respect to contracts, the Company follows the completed contract basis
of accounting whereby sales are recognized upon completion of the contract and
the passage of title to customers; projected losses, if any, are charged to
costs immediately. Deposits from customers and progress billings to customers
prior to completion of contract are recognized as customer deposits.
    
 
L) DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
     The development costs are expensed as incurred.
 
M) NET INCOME PER WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARE
 
     Net income per common share and net income before extraordinary items per
common share are computed by dividing net income and net income before
extraordinary items for the period by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding taking into account the subsequent reorganization as
disclosed in note 14.
 
N) USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
O) ACCOUNTING CHANGES
 
     On August 1, 1996, the companies adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121,
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed Of. SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets to be held and used
by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. SFAS No. 121 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1995. Adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have a
material impact on the companies' results of operations.
 
     In December 1995, SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
was issued. It introduces the use of a fair value-based method of accounting for
stock-based compensation. It encourages, but does not require, companies to
recognize compensation expense for stock-based compensation to employees based
on the new fair value accounting rules. Companies that choose not to adopt the
new rules will continue to apply the existing accounting rules contained in
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees. However, SFAS No. 123 requires companies that choose not to adopt the
new fair value accounting rules to disclose pro forma net income and earnings
per share under the new method. SFAS No. 123 is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The companies
have adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 (see note 15).
 
                                      F-9
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
2. INVENTORY
 
     Inventory comprised the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1997          1996
                                                                     ----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>
Raw materials.....................................................   $  177,273    $  420,762
Work-in-progress..................................................      847,591     3,374,440
Finished goods....................................................    1,167,215     1,143,224
                                                                     ----------    ----------
                                                                     $2,192,079    $4,938,426
                                                                     ----------    ----------
                                                                     ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
3. MORTGAGES AND NOTES RECEIVABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1997        1996
                                                                                   --------    --------
 
<S>                                                                                <C>         <C>
The mortgages receivable have been written down to net realizable value as
  determined by management and are secured by land and buildings and bear
  interest at rates between 10% and 15% per annum. The mortgages are overdue,
  however, management intends to renew certain mortgages and foreclose on the
  security underlying the other mortgages.......................................   $112,457    $138,808
Promissory note receivable, secured by leased equipment, bearing interest at 8%
  per annum and repayable on demand. Repayment is not expected prior to June 1,
  1998..........................................................................      4,573      33,827
Promissory note receivable, secured by a general security agreement, guarantee
  and postponement of claim, bearing interest at 9% per annum and due April 1,
  1999..........................................................................     36,276      36,528
                                                                                   --------    --------
                                                                                   $153,306    $209,163
                                                                                   --------    --------
                                                                                   --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     LiftKing Incorporated is presently involved in litigation proceedings for
the recovery of two mortgages receivable that are in default. Management is of
the opinion that these proceedings will result in the partial recovery of
amounts owed to the company. The carrying value of these mortgages as at May 31,
1997 is $NIL ($NIL as at May 31, 1996) which is net of a provision for doubtful
recovery in the amount of $531,249 ($532,537 as at May 31, 1996).
 
     With respect to certain other mortgages written-off during 1993, the
companies recovered $18,370 in 1996.
 
                                      F-10
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
4. CAPITAL ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1997          1996
                                                                               ----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                            <C>           <C>
Plant equipment.............................................................   $  558,958    $  533,666
Automotive equipment........................................................      236,738       128,165
Office equipment............................................................       86,871        87,475
Computer hardware...........................................................      221,262       184,840
Computer software...........................................................      184,243       208,764
Leasehold improvements......................................................      209,620       211,075
                                                                               ----------    ----------
     Cost...................................................................    1,497,692     1,353,985
                                                                               ----------    ----------
Less: Accumulated amortization
     Plant equipment........................................................      404,967       375,584
     Automotive equipment...................................................      126,739       116,605
     Office equipment.......................................................       51,028        47,763
     Computer hardware......................................................      153,135       131,321
     Computer software......................................................      174,783       116,615
     Leasehold improvements.................................................      107,444        94,880
                                                                               ----------    ----------
                                                                                1,018,096       882,768
                                                                               ----------    ----------
Net.........................................................................   $  479,596    $  471,217
                                                                               ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
5. LOAN PAYABLE TO AFFILIATED COMPANY
 
   
     The loan payable to affiliated company is due on demand, bears interest at
Canadian prime plus 3% per annum and is secured by a general security agreement
and promissory note. The security ranks second to and the repayment of the loan
is postponed in favor of the companies' bank. Interest for the period on the
loan amounted to $366,026 ($324,669 in 1996).
    
 
     The current portion of the loan payable to affiliated company was repaid in
June, 1997.
 
6. CAPITAL STOCK
 
     a) LiftKing Industries Inc.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Authorized.................................................................................
An unlimited number of the following classes of shares.....................................
Class A Preference shares, 9% non-cumulative, voting, redeemable at fair market value......
Class B Preference shares, 9% non-cumulative, voting, retractable at fair market value.....
Common shares..............................................................................
Issued.....................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1997    1996
                                                                                   ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                                <C>     <C>
1 Common Share..................................................................    $1      $1
                                                                                   ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
     b) LiftKing Incorporated
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Authorized.................................................................................
An unlimited number of the following classes of shares.....................................
Special shares, 10% non-cumulative, non-voting, non-participating, redeemable and
  retractable at $726 per share............................................................
Common shares..............................................................................
Issued.....................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1997    1996
                                                                                   ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                                <C>     <C>
100 Common Shares...............................................................   $80     $80
                                                                                   ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
   
     On October 31, 1995, LiftKing Incorporated declared a stock dividend of 10
special shares for each common shares issued and outstanding for a total of
1,000 special shares, with a stated and paid-up capital of $735 in aggregate.
These shares were redeemed in 1996 at an aggregate redemption price of $734,808.
The share redemption proceeds paid, to the extent they exceed the stated
capital of the shares redeemed, are, in substance, equivalent to dividends.
    
 
     c) Liftmaster Ltd.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Capital Stock..............................................................................
Authorized.................................................................................
An unlimited number of the following classes of shares.....................................
Special shares, 10% non-cumulative, non-voting, redeemable and retractable at $73 per
  share....................................................................................
Common shares..............................................................................
Issued.....................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1997    1996
                                                                                 ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                              <C>     <C>
190 Common Shares.............................................................   $152    $152
                                                                                 ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     d) 463291 Ontario Limited
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Capital Stock..............................................................................
Authorized.................................................................................
400,000 Preference shares, 8% non-cumulative, non-participating, non-voting, redeemable at
  $7 each..................................................................................
100,000 Common shares......................................................................
Issued.....................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1997    1996
                                                                                 ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                              <C>     <C>
96 Common Shares..............................................................   $ 77    $ 77
                                                                                 ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     e) Issued -- Combined
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1997    1996
                                                                                 ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                              <C>     <C>
387 Common Shares.............................................................   $310    $310
                                                                                 ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
7. UNUSUAL ITEMS
    
 
   
     Unusual items include the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            1997        1996
                                                                                          --------    --------
 
<S>        <C>                                                                            <C>         <C>
a)         Losses suffered on mortgages and notes principal and interest receivable
             being non-realizable......................................................   $  --       $244,119
b)         Litigation costs and provision of settlement pertaining to lawsuits referred
             to in note 12(a)..........................................................     52,894      91,851
                                                                                          --------    --------
                                                                                          $ 52,894    $335,970
                                                                                          --------    --------
                                                                                          --------    --------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
8. INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            1997        1996
                                                                                          --------    --------
 
<S>        <C>                                                                            <C>         <C>
a)         Current.....................................................................   $637,664    $462,914
           Deferred....................................................................     14,402      30,862
                                                                                          --------    --------
                                                                                           652,066     493,776
                                                                                          --------    --------
b)         Current income tax consists of:
                Amount calculated at basic Federal and Provincial rates................    684,000     546,000
                Decrease resulting from:
                     Ontario super allowance deduction.................................    (31,000)    (46,000)
                     Timing differences................................................    (14,402)    (30,862)
                     Application of losses carried forward from prior years............      --         (5,000)
                     Other differences.................................................       (934)     (1,224)
                                                                                          --------    --------
                Current income taxes...................................................   $637,664    $462,914
                                                                                          --------    --------
                                                                                          --------    --------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    
 
9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               1997        1996
                                                                                             --------    --------
 
<S>                                                                                          <C>         <C>
Rent paid to an affiliated company........................................................   $255,505    $396,810
Interest on loan payable to an affiliated company.........................................    366,026     324,669
Management fees expense to an affiliated company..........................................      --         24,494
Amount owing to related parties included in accounts payable..............................    541,709       --
</TABLE>
 
10. SALES TO MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1997             1996
                                                                                    -----------      -----------
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>              <C>
Sales to a major customer........................................................   $ 6,640,102      $ 9,696,983
                                                                                    -----------      -----------
% of total sales.................................................................          37.7%            54.4%
                                                                                    -----------      -----------
Amounts included in accounts.....................................................       484,451           69,716
Amounts included in customer deposits............................................       685,759          --
The breakdown of sales by geographic area is as follows:
     United States of America....................................................    12,770,940       11,531,134
     Canada......................................................................     4,337,407        5,575,749
     Mexico......................................................................       499,830          --
     Other.......................................................................       --               708,110
                                                                                    -----------      -----------
                                                                                    $17,608,177      $17,814,993
                                                                                    -----------      -----------
                                                                                    -----------      -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
     The Company's accounting records do not readily provide information on net
income by geographic area. Management is of the opinion that a proration of net
income based on sales, presented below, would fairly present the results of
operations by geographic area.
    
 
   
     The breakdown of net income by geographic area:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1997          1996
                                                                     ----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>
United States of America..........................................   $  918,048    $  889,028
Canada............................................................      311,797       429,880
Mexico............................................................       35,931        --
Other.............................................................       --            54,594
                                                                     ----------    ----------
                                                                     $1,265,776    $1,373,502
                                                                     ----------    ----------
                                                                     ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Substantially all of the assets of the Company were located in or
originated from Canada.
    
 
11. OPERATING LINE CREDIT
 
     The companies have available a line of credit to a maximum of $3,655,000
($5,000,000 Canadian), which bears interest at Canadian prime plus 0.25% per
annum and is secured by a general assignment of book debts, assignments of
inventory, fire insurance, life insurance, a general security agreement, fixed
charges on property owned by an affiliated company, postponement of claims
signed by various related parties, an assignment of mortgages and notes
receivable, and guarantees and postponements of claims by various affiliated
companies.
 
12. CONTINGENCIES
 
     a) LiftKing Incorporated is the defendant in a lawsuit instituted by a
competitor claiming damages from a patent infringement in the amount of $870,000
plus expenses. The company has initiated a counter suit for defamation and for
anti-trust. Management has recorded a provision in the amount of $290,000, in
1996, as an estimate of possible settlement amount and expenses related thereto.
The provision is considered to be adequate for the current year. Any further
cost or recoveries resulting from the eventual settlement of this matter will be
recorded in the period in which the settlement occurs.
 
     b) Included in investment tax credits receivable are amounts claimed by
LiftKing Incorporated for its 1994 and 1995 fiscal years that were denied upon
initial assessment by Revenue Canada. The company has filed objections to these
assessments and management believes that the disallowed
amounts, totaling approximately $193,000, will be reassessed in the company's
favour. Any shortfall on eventual settlement of these claims will be recorded in
the period in which the settlement occurs.
 
13. COMMITMENTS
 
     The aggregate minimum rentals, exclusive of other occupancy charges, for
the lease on the companies' premises are approximately as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
1998..................................................................   $  286,000
1999..................................................................      288,000
2000..................................................................      288,000
2001..................................................................      288,000
2002..................................................................      288,000
2003..................................................................       48,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         $1,486,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
 
14. SUBSEQUENT REORGANIZATION
 
   
     Subsequent to May 31, 1997, the undernoted transactions were completed in
order to effect a legal reorganization of the entities under common control
comprising the LiftKIng Industries, Inc. Group of Companies. The combination
will be accounted for as a pooling of interests and the basis of presentation of
any future financial information will be consistent with the basis of
presentation in note 1a.
    
 
     a) Subsequent to May 31, 1997, the shareholders of Liftmaster Limited
('Liftmaster') and 463291 Ontario Limited ('463291') entered into transactions
whereby a portion of their shares were transferred to a newly incorporated
holding company. Following these transfers, Liftmaster and 463291 purchased such
transferred shares for cancellation at their approximate fair market values of
$331,000 and $228,000, respectively. The stated capital for the shares in
question totals $80. The excess of the purchase consideration over the stated
capital, amounting to approximately $558,920, will be accounted for as a
reduction of retained earnings in the subsequent period.
 
     b) Subsequent to May 31, 1997, LiftKing Industries Inc. ('LII') was
amalgamated with its parent holding company, Dima Products Manufacturing Inc.
('Dima'). Dima had no assets or liabilities other than its ownership interest in
LII. The amalgamated entity will continue as LII. As part of the amalgamation
transaction, the company issued 4,053,643 common shares of the amalgamated
entity to the sole shareholder in exchange for the shares previously issued by
Dima.
 
     c) Subsequent to the above transaction, LII purchased the remaining shares
in Liftmaster and 463291 at their approximate fair market values of $474,000 and
$461,000, respectively. The purchase was completed via the issuance of 346,357
common shares of LII. As the transaction was between related parties, the
acquisition will be accounted for as a pooling of interests.
 
     d) As a result of the above transactions, the number of issued and
outstanding common shares of LII amounted to 4,400,000. Accordingly, the
earnings per share data are presented on a pro-forma basis, giving effect to the
above-noted reorganization.
 
15. STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     INCENTIVE OPTION PLAN. In September 1997, the Directors of LiftKing
Industries Inc. ('the Company') adopted and the stockholders of the Company
approved the adoption of the Company's 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan
('Incentive Option Plan'). The purpose of the Incentive Option Plan
is to enable the Company to encourage key employees and Directors to contribute
to the success of the Company by granting such employees and Directors incentive
stock options ('ISO's').
 
     The Incentive Option Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors or
a committee appointed by the Board of Directors (the 'Committee') which will
determine, in its discretion, among other things, the recipients of grants,
whether a grant will consist of ISO's or a combination thereof, and the number
of shares to be subject to such options.
 
     The Incentive Option Plan provides for the granting of ISO's to purchase
Common Stock at an exercise price to be determined by the Board of Directors or
the Committee not less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the
date the option is granted.
 
     The total number of shares with respect to which options may be granted
under the Incentive Option Plan is 750,000. ISO's may not be granted to an
individual to the extent that the shares subject to such ISO's have a fair
market value on the date of grant in excess of $100,000. No option may be
granted under the Incentive Option Plan after September 2007 and no option may
be outstanding for more than ten years after its grant. Additionally, no option
can be granted for more than five (5) years to a stockholder owning 10% or more
of the Company's outstanding Common Stock and such options must have an exercise
price of not less than 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant.
 
                                      F-15
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
         NOTES TO INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
 
     Upon the exercise of an option, the holder must make payment of the full
exercise price. Such payment may be made in cash or in shares of Common Stock,
or in a combination of both. The Company may lend to the holder of an option
funds sufficient to pay the exercise price, subject to certain limitations.
 
     The Incentive Option Plan may be terminated or amended at any time by the
Board of Directors, except that, without stockholder approval, the Incentive
Option Plan may not be amended to increase the number of shares subject to the
Incentive Option Plan, change the class of persons eligible to receive options
under the Incentive Option Plan or materially increase the benefits of
participants.
 
     To date, no options have been granted under the Incentive Option Plan.
 
                                      F-16



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES (Note 1)
 
     We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of LiftKing
Industries Inc. Group of Companies (note 1) (incorporated in Canada) as at July
31, 1996 and 1995 and the related combined statements of income, cash flows and
changes in stockholders' equity for the years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the
management of LiftKing Industries Inc. Group of Companies. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our
audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan
and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LiftKing Industries
Inc. Group of Companies as at July 31, 1996 and 1995 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America.
 
   
                                          SCHWARTZ LEVITSKY FELDMAN
                                          Chartered Accountants
    
 
   
Toronto, Ontario
October 4, 1996
Except for note 13 which is
August 15, 1997
    
 
                                      F-17
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               AS OF JULY 31,
                                                                                      --------------------------------
                                                                                           1996              1995
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
                                                                                      (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<S>                                                                                   <C>               <C>
                                      ASSETS
Current assets
     Cash..........................................................................     $  549,540       $  1,859,735
     Accounts receivable...........................................................      2,666,758          6,159,574
     Investment tax credits receivable.............................................        536,260            997,347
     Inventory (note 2)............................................................      4,535,136          4,001,173
     Prepaid expenses and sundry assets............................................        158,122             69,490
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
          Total current assets.....................................................      8,445,816         13,087,319
Mortgages and notes receivable (note 3)............................................        204,628            431,561
Capital assets (note 4)............................................................        447,852            387,153
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
          Total assets.............................................................     $9,098,296       $ 13,906,033
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
 
                                    LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
     Accounts payable..............................................................     $1,691,006       $  3,958,625
     Customer deposits.............................................................      1,246,804          5,786,376
     Deferred income taxes.........................................................         83,655             39,604
     Income taxes payable..........................................................         15,160              6,684
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
          Total current liabilities................................................      3,036,625          9,791,289
Loan payable to affiliated company (note 5)........................................      5,196,339          3,881,498
Loans payable to related parties...................................................         19,631             80,858
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
          Total liabilities........................................................     $8,252,595       $ 13,753,645
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
 
                               STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Capital stock (notes 6 and 13).....................................................     $      310       $        310
Retained earnings..................................................................        919,334            218,304
Cumulative translation adjustments.................................................        (73,943)           (66,226)
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
          Total stockholders' equity...............................................        845,701            152,388
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...............................     $9,098,296       $ 13,906,033
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
                                                                                      --------------    --------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 
 
                                      F-18
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31
                                                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                                          1996           1995           1994
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                           (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenue.............................................................   $20,092,782    $20,252,059    $11,818,047
     Cost of sales..................................................    16,123,996     16,963,755     10,142,264
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
Gross profit........................................................     3,968,786      3,288,304      1,675,783
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
Operating expenses
     Selling........................................................       287,421        263,243        248,710
     Administrative.................................................       774,655      1,282,156        640,285
     Amortization...................................................       159,410        108,491        113,390
     Unusual items (note 7).........................................       354,054        515,789         37,133
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total operating expenses..................................     1,575,540      2,169,679      1,039,518
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
Operating income....................................................     2,393,246      1,118,625        636,265
Interest expense....................................................       442,030        358,012        230,072
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
Income before income taxes..........................................     1,951,216        760,613        406,193
Income taxes (note 8)...............................................       515,972        135,217         69,223
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
Net income..........................................................   $ 1,435,244    $   625,396    $   336,970
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
Net income per weighted average common share........................      $0.33          $0.14          $0.08
                                                                          -----          -----          -----
                                                                          -----          -----          -----
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (note 13)......    4,400,000      4,400,000      4,400,000
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-19
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31
                                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                                            1996           1995           1994
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
                                                                            (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income.......................................................   $ 1,435,244    $   625,396    $  336,970
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in)
       provided by operating activities:
          Amortization................................................       159,410        108,491       113,390
          Loss on write off of mortgages and notes receivable.........       243,921        152,813        --
          Decrease/(increase) in accounts receivable..................     3,474,734     (4,554,528)    1,186,385
          Increase in investment tax credits..........................       457,185       (548,849)      (14,279)
          Decrease/(increase) in inventory............................      (571,844)       362,518      (207,933)
          Decrease/(increase) in prepaid expenses.....................       (90,030)        (7,278)      (14,212)
          Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable and accrued
            expenses..................................................    (2,256,209)     2,289,796       (40,549)
          Increase/(decrease) in customer deposits....................    (4,534,319)     4,257,719       123,043
          Increase in income taxes payable/recoverable................         8,610        142,077      (143,060)
          Increase in deferred income taxes...........................        44,787         70,417        23,765
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
          Total adjustments...........................................    (3,063,755)     2,273,176     1,026,550
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
               Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities....    (1,628,511)     2,898,572     1,363,520
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Proceeds on disposal of capital assets...........................       --              82,120        --
     Net change in mortgages and notes receivable.....................       (18,421)       154,120        57,313
     Additions to capital assets......................................      (221,880)      (138,970)     (184,281)
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
               Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities....      (240,301)        97,270      (126,968)
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Issuance of special shares.......................................           735            726        --
     Redemption of special shares.....................................      (734,214)    (1,306,715)       --
     Dividends paid...................................................          (735)          (726)       --
     Advances from affiliated company.................................     1,359,021      1,397,270        46,393
     Repayment to related parties.....................................       (61,134)      (135,875)     (276,043)
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
               Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities....       563,673        (45,320)     (229,650)
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes......................        (5,056)        11,700       (29,048)
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash.......................................    (1,310,195)     2,962,222       977,854
Cash
     Beginning of year................................................     1,859,735     (1,102,487)   (2,080,341)
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
     End of year......................................................       549,540      1,859,735    (1,102,487)
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
Income taxes paid (refunds received)..................................      (170,150)        62,748       407,273
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
Interest paid.........................................................   $   503,018    $   447,689    $   48,026
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
                                                                         -----------    -----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-20
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FOR THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31
                                                                  --------------------------------------------------
                                                                    COMMON
                                                                    STOCK                                CUMULATIVE
                                                                    NUMBER                 RETAINED      TRANSLATION
                                                                  OF SHARES     AMOUNT     EARNINGS      ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                  ----------    ------    -----------    -----------
                                                                          (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>       <C>            <C>
Balance as of July 31, 1993....................................       286        $232     $   562,653     $ (47,992)
     Issuance of common stock..................................       100          77         --             --
     Foreign currency translation..............................     --           --           --             --
     Net income for the year...................................     --           --           --             --
                                                                      ---       ------    -----------    -----------
 
Balance as of July 31, 1994....................................       386         309         899,623       (73,176)
     Issuance of common stock..................................         1           1         --             --
     Foreign currency translation..............................     --           --           --              6,950
     Dividends paid (note 6b)..................................     --           --              (726)       --
     Excess of redemption proceeds over stated capital of
       special shares (note 6b)................................     --           --        (1,305,989)       --
     Net income for the year...................................     --           --           625,989        --
                                                                      ---       ------    -----------    -----------
 
Balance as of July 31, 1995....................................       387         310         218,304       (66,226)
     Foreign currency translation..............................     --           --           --             (7,717)
     Dividends paid (note 6b)..................................     --           --              (735)       --
     Excess of redemption proceeds over stated capital of
       special shares (note 6b)................................     --           --          (733,479)       --
     Net income for the year...................................     --           --         1,435,244        --
                                                                      ---       ------    -----------    -----------
 
Balance as of July 31, 1996....................................       387        $310     $   919,334     $ (73,943)
                                                                      ---       ------    -----------    -----------
                                                                      ---       ------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-21



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
A) BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     These financial statements of LiftKing Industries Inc. Group of Companies
combine the accounts of the following companies as at their respective year
ends:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
LiftKing Industries Inc. .............................  July 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
LiftKing Incorporated.................................  July 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
Liftmaster Limited....................................  April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996
463291 Ontario Limited................................  October 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
</TABLE>
 
     All material inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated
on combination.
 
   
     These combined financial statements are being prepared in anticipation of a
planned initial public offering involving LiftKing Industries Inc., Liftmaster
Limited and 463291 Ontario Limited, but excluding LiftKing Incorporated
('Incorporated'). The accounts of Incorporated have been included in these
combinations strictly for comparative purposes, as Incorporated was the primary
operating entity of the group of companies until August 1995, at which time all
new operating contracts were undertaken by LiftKing Industries, Inc.
Incorporated is currently an inactive company whose accounts at May 31, 1997 are
summarized as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Current assets.................................................................   $   361,000
Long-term assets...............................................................       234,000
                                                                                  -----------
     Total assets..............................................................   $   595,000
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  -----------
Current liabilities............................................................   $   916,000
Long-term liabilities..........................................................       813,000
                                                                                  -----------
Total liabilities..............................................................     1,729,000
Shareholder's deficiency.......................................................    (1,134,000)
                                                                                  -----------
     Total liabilities and shareholder's deficiency............................   $   595,000
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
B) PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
 
     The LiftKing Industries Inc. Group of Companies is principally engaged in
the production of heavy transportation, construction and military equipment in
Canada and its distributions in Canada, the United States of America and Mexico.
 
     Each of the companies within the Group was incorporated in Canada on the
following dates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
LiftKing Industries Inc. .............................................   April 25, 1989
LiftKing Incorporated.................................................   May 24, 1988
Liftmaster Limited....................................................   November 10, 1976
463291 Ontario Limited................................................   December 4, 1980
</TABLE>
 
C) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (BANK INDEBTEDNESS)
 
     Cash and cash equivalents (bank indebtedness) includes cash on hand,
amounts due from and to banks, and any other highly liquid investments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount approximates fair
value because of the short maturity of those instruments.
 
D) OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The carrying amount of the companies' accounts receivables and payables
approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.
 
                                      F-22
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
E) INVENTORY
 
   
     Raw material is valued at the lower of cost and replacement cost. Cost is
determined on the first-in, first-out basis. Finished goods and work-in-process
have been valued at the lower of cost (which includes raw materials, direct
labor and a portion of factory overhead) and fair market value.
    
 
F ) CAPITAL ASSETS
 
     Capital Assets are recorded at cost and are amortized on the basis over
their estimated useful lives at the undernoted rates and methods:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Plant equipment.........................................  20% Declining Balance
Automotive equipment....................................  30% Declining Balance
Office equipment........................................  20% Declining Balance
Computer hardware.......................................  30% Declining Balance
Computer software.......................................  100% Declining Balance
Leasehold improvements..................................  20% Straight-line
</TABLE>
 
     Amortization for assets acquired during the year are recorded at one-half
of the indicated rates, which approximates when they were put into use.
 
G) INCOME TAXES
 
     The companies account for income tax under the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, which requires recognition of deferred
tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events
that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred
income taxes are provided using the liability method. Under the liability
method, deferred income taxes are recognized for all significant temporary
differences between the tax and financial statement bases of assets and
liabilities.
 
H) DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
 
     Deferred income taxes represent the tax benefits derived from timing
differences between amortization of capital assets charged to operations and
amounts deducted from taxable income.
 
I) GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE AND INVESTMENT TAX CREDITS
 
     Government assistance and investment tax credits are recorded on the
accrual basis and are accounted for as a reduction of the related current or
capital expenditures.
 
J) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
     The companies maintain their books and records in Canadian dollars. Foreign
currency transactions are translated using the temporal method. Under this
method, all monetary items are translated into Canadian funds at the rate of
exchange prevailing at balance sheet date. Non-monetary items are translated at
historical rates. Income and expenses are translated at the rate in effect on
the transaction dates. Transaction gains and losses are included in the
determination of earnings for the year.
 
     The translation of the financial statements from Canadian dollars into
United States dollars is performed for the convenience of the reader. Balance
sheet accounts are translated using closing exchange rates in effect at the
balance sheet date and income and expenses accounts are translated using an
average exchange rate prevailing during each reporting period. No representation
is made that the Canadian dollar amounts could have been or could be, converted
into United States dollars at the
 
                                      F-23
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
rates on the respective dates and or at any other certain rates. Adjustments
resulting from the translation are included in the cumulative translation
adjustments in stockholders' equity.
 
   
K) CONTRACT SALES AND CUSTOMER DEPOSITS
    
 
   
     With respect to contracts, the Company follows the completed contract basis
of accounting whereby sales are recognized upon completion of the contract and
the passage of title to customers; projected losses, if any, are charged to
costs immediately. Deposits from customers and progress billings to customers
prior to the completion of contract are recognized as customer deposits.
    
 
L) DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
     The development costs were expensed as incurred.
 
M) NET INCOME PER WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARE
 
     Net income per common share and net income before extraordinary items per
common share are computed by dividing net income and net income before
extraordinary items for the year by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding taking into account the subsequent reorganization as disclosed in
note 13.
 
N) USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2. INVENTORY
 
     Inventory comprised the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1996          1995
                                                                     ----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>
Raw materials.....................................................   $  123,852    $  527,984
Work-in-process...................................................    2,169,213     2,813,530
Finished goods....................................................    2,242,071       659,659
                                                                     ----------    ----------
                                                                     $4,535,136    $4,001,173
                                                                     ----------    ----------
                                                                     ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-24
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
3. MORTGAGES AND NOTES RECEIVABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996        1995
                                                                         --------    --------
 
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>
The mortgages receivable have been written down to net realizable
  value as determined by management and are secured by land and
  buildings and bear interest at rates between 10% and 15% per annum.
  The mortgages are overdue, however, management intends to renew
  certain mortgages and foreclose on the security underlying the other
  mortgages...........................................................   $134,574    $397,603
Promissory note receivable, secured by leased repayable on demand.
  Repayment is not expected prior to August 1, 1997...................     33,682      33,958
Promissory note receivable, secured by a general security agreement,
  guarantee and postponement of claim, bearing interest at 9% per
  annum and due April 1, 1999.........................................     36,372       --
                                                                         --------    --------
                                                                         $204,628    $431,561
                                                                         --------    --------
                                                                         --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     LiftKing Incorporated is presently involved in litigation proceedings for
the recovery of two mortgages receivable that are in default. Management is of
the opinion that these proceedings will result in the partial recovery of
amounts owed to the company. The carrying value of these mortgages as at July
31, 1996 is $Nil ($243,653 as at July 31, 1995) which is net of a provision for
doubtful recovery in the amount of $532,641 ($293,363 as at July 31, 1995).
 
     With respect to certain other mortgages written-off during 1993, the
companies recovered $18,355 in 1996.
 
4. CAPITAL ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1996          1995
                                                                               ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>           <C>
Plant equipment.............................................................   $  531,375    $  532,807
Automotive equipment........................................................      137,799       128,663
Office equipment............................................................       87,098        75,722
Computer hardware...........................................................      208,971       175,374
Computer software...........................................................      113,818        71,490
Leasehold improvements......................................................      210,169       165,619
                                                                               ----------    ----------
     Cost...................................................................    1,289,230     1,149,675
                                                                               ----------    ----------
Less: Accumulated amortization
     Plant equipment........................................................      379,041       346,436
     Automotive equipment...................................................      118,400       113,190
     Office equipment.......................................................       49,361        41,767
     Computer hardware......................................................      134,179       110,792
     Computer software......................................................       56,908        71,490
     Leasehold improvements.................................................      103,489        78,847
                                                                               ----------    ----------
                                                                                  841,378       762,522
                                                                               ----------    ----------
Net.........................................................................   $  447,852    $  387,153
                                                                               ----------    ----------
                                                                               ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
5. LOAN PAYABLE TO AFFILIATED COMPANY
 
   
     The loan payable to an affiliated company is due on demand, bears interest
at prime plus 3% per annum and is secured by a general security agreement and
promissory note. The security ranks second
    
 
                                      F-25
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
to an the repayment of the loan is postponed in favor of the companies' bank.
Interest in 1996 on the loan amounted to $410,707 ($264,730 in 1995).
 
6. CAPITAL STOCK
 
     a) LiftKing Industries Inc.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Authorized........................................................................
An unlimited number of the following classes of shares............................
Class A Preference shares, 9% non-cumulative, voting, redeemable at fair market
  value...........................................................................
Class B Preference shares, 9% non-cumulative, voting, retractable at fair market
  value...........................................................................
Common shares.....................................................................
Issued............................................................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1996    1995
                                                                                   ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                                <C>     <C>
1 Common Share..................................................................    $1      $1
                                                                                   ----    ----
                                                                                   ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     b) LiftKing Incorporated
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Authorized........................................................................
An unlimited number of the following classes of shares............................
Special shares, 10% non-cumulative, non-voting, non-participating, redeemable and
  retractable at $727 per share...................................................
Common shares.....................................................................
Issued............................................................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1996    1995
                                                                                 ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                              <C>     <C>
100 Common Shares.............................................................   $ 80    $ 80
                                                                                 ----    ----
                                                                                 ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     On March 16, 1995, LiftKing Incorporated declared a stock dividend of 18
special shares for each common share issued and outstanding for a total of 1,800
special shares, with a stated and paid-up capital of $726 in aggregate. These
shares were redeemed in 1995 at an aggregate redemption price of $1,306,715.
 
   
     On October 31, 1995, LiftKing Incorporated declared a stock dividend of 10
special shares for each common shares issued and outstanding for a total of
1,000 special shares, with a stated and paid-up capital of $735 in aggregate.
These shares were redeemed in 1996 at an aggregate redemption price of $734,214.
The share redemption proceeds paid, to the extent they exceed the stated
capital of the shares redeemed, are, in substance, equivalent to dividends.
    
 
     c) Liftmaster Ltd.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Capital Stock.....................................................................
Authorized........................................................................
An unlimited number of the following classes of shares............................
Special shares, 10% non-cumulative, non-voting, redeemable and retractable at $73
  per share.......................................................................
Common shares.....................................................................
Issued............................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1996    1995
                                                                                 ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                              <C>     <C>
190 Common Shares.............................................................   $152    $152
                                                                                 ----    ----
                                                                                 ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     d) 463291 Ontario Limited
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Capital Stock.....................................................................
Authorized
     400,000 Preference shares, 8% non-cumulative, non-participating, non-voting,
      redeemable at $7 each.......................................................
     100,000 Common shares........................................................
Issued............................................................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1996    1995
                                                                                 ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                              <C>     <C>
96 Common Shares..............................................................   $ 77    $ 77
                                                                                 ----    ----
                                                                                 ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
     e) Issued -- Combined
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1996    1995
                                                                                 ----    ----
 
<S>                                                                              <C>     <C>
387 Common Shares.............................................................   $310    $310
                                                                                 ----    ----
                                                                                 ----    ----
</TABLE>
 
   
7. UNUSUAL ITEMS
    
 
   
     Unusual items included the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1996         1995       1994
                                                                      ---------    --------    -------
 
<C>   <S>                                                             <C>          <C>         <C>
 (a)  Losses suffered on mortgages and notes principal and interest
        receivable being non-realizable............................   $ 243,921    $152,813    $37,133

 (b)  Litigation costs and provision for settlement pertaining to
        lawsuit referred to in note 12(a)..........................     110,132     362,976      --

                                                                      ---------    --------    -------
                                                                      $ 354,054    $515,789    $37,133
                                                                      ---------    --------    -------
                                                                      ---------    --------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
8. INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1996        1995        1994
                                                                     --------    --------    --------
 
<C>   <S>                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
 (a)  Current.....................................................   $471,185    $ 64,800    $ 92,988
      Deferred (drawn-down).......................................     44,787      70,417     (23,765)
                                                                     --------    --------    --------
                                                                     $515,972    $135,217    $ 69,223
                                                                     --------    --------    --------
                                                                     --------    --------    --------
 
 (b)  Current income taxes consists of:
        Amount calculated as basic Federal and Provincial rates...   $578,000    $165,000    $105,000
        Increase (decrease) resulting from:
           Ontario super allowance deduction......................    (55,000)    (22,000)      --
           Timing differences.....................................    (44,787)    (70,417)     23,765
           Application of losses carried forward from prior
             years................................................     (6,000)      --        (25,000)
           Other differences......................................     (1,028)     (7,783)    (10,777)
                                                                     --------    --------    --------
           Current income taxes...................................   $471,185    $ 64,800    $ 92,988
                                                                     --------    --------    --------
                                                                     --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-27
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996        1995        1994
                                                           --------    --------    ---------
 
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Rent paid to an affiliated company......................   $475,788    $257,692    $ 235,775
Interest on loan payable to affiliated company..........    410,707     264,730       30,202
Management fees expense (income) to (from) an affiliated
  company...............................................     29,369     (69,737)    (109,577)
Amount owing to related parties included in accounts
  payable...............................................   $  --       $513,249    $  --
</TABLE>
 
10. SALES TO MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1996            1995            1994
                                                           -----------     -----------     -----------
 
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
Sales to a major customer..............................    $10,581,047     $12,557,578     $ 4,879,245
                                                           -----------     -----------     -----------
% of total sales.......................................           52.7%           62.0%           41.3%
                                                           -----------     -----------     -----------
Amounts included in accounts receivable................        581,170       4,379,206         --
Amounts included in customer deposits..................        --            4,469,055       1,459,144
The breakdown of sales by geographic area is as
  follows:
     United States of America..........................     12,550,166      14,939,762      10,437,223
     Canada............................................      5,562,659       4,421,889       1,380,824
     Mexico............................................      1,272,417         890,408         --
     Other.............................................        707,540         --              --
                                                           -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                           $20,092,782     $20,252,059     $11,818,047
                                                           -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                           -----------     -----------     -----------
</TABLE>
 
   
     The Company's accounting records do not readily provide information on net
income by geographic area. Management is of the opinion that a proration of net
income based on sales, presented below, would fairly present the results of
operations by geographic area.
    
 
   
     The breakdown of net income by geographic area:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996         1995        1994
                                                          ----------    --------    --------
 
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>         <C>
United States of America...............................   $  896,469    $461,349    $297,598
Canada.................................................      397,345     136,551      39,372
Mexico.................................................       90,890      27,496       --
Other..................................................       50,540       --          --
                                                          ----------    --------    --------
                                                          $1,435,244    $625,396    $336,970
                                                          ----------    --------    --------
                                                          ----------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Substantially all of the assets of the Company were located in or
originated from Canada.
    
 
11. OPERATING LINE CREDIT
 
     The companies have available a line of credit to a maximum of $3,637,000
($5,000,000 Canadian), which bears interest at prime plus 0.25% per annum and is
secured by a general assignment of book debts, assignments of inventory, fire
insurance, life insurance, a general security agreement, fixed charges on
property owned by an affiliated company, postponement of claims signed by
various related parties, an assignment of mortgages and notes receivable, and
guarantees and postponements of claims by various affiliated companies.
 
                                      F-28
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                  LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC. GROUP OF COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
12. CONTINGENCIES
 
     (a) LiftKing Incorporated is the defendant in a lawsuit instituted by a
competitor claiming damages from a patent infringement in the amount of $870,000
plus expenses. The company has initiated a counter suit for defamation and for
anti-trust. Management has recorded a provision in the amount of $290,000 in
1995, as an estimate of possible settlement amount and expenses related thereto.
The provision is considered to be adequate for 1996. Any further cost or
recoveries resulting from the eventual settlement of this matter will be
recorded in the period in which the settlement occurs.
 
     (b) LiftKing Incorporated has signed letters of credit in favour one of its
suppliers for $327,000.
 
     (c) Included in investment tax credits receivable are amounts claimed by
LiftKing Incorporated for its 1994 and 1995 fiscal years that were denied upon
initial assessment by Revenue Canada. The company has filed objections to these
assessments and management believes that the disallowed amounts, totaling
approximately $193,000, will be reassessed in the company's favour. Any
shortfall on eventual settlement of these claims will be recorded in the period
in which the settlement occurs.
 
13. SUBSEQUENT REORGANIZATION
 
   
     Subsequent to year end, the undernoted transactions were completed in order
to effect a legal reorganization of the entities under common control comprising
the LiftKing Industries Inc. Group of Companies. The combination will be
accounted for as a pooling of interests and the basis of presentation of any
future financial information will be consistent with the basis of presentation
in note 1a.
    
 
     (a) Subsequent to May 31, 1997, the shareholders of Liftmaster Limited
('Liftmaster') and 463291 Ontario Limited ('463291') entered into transactions
whereby a portion of their shares were transferred to a newly incorporated
holding company. Following these transfers, Liftmaster and 463291 purchased such
transferred shares for cancellation at their approximate fair market values of
$331,000 and $228,000, respectively. The stated capital for the shares in
question totals $80. The excess of the purchase consideration over the stated
capital, amounting to approximately $558,920, will be accounted for as a
reduction of retained earnings in the subsequent period.
 
     (b) Subsequent to May 31, 1997, LiftKing Industries Inc. ('LII') was
amalgamated with its parent holding company, Dima Products Manufacturing Inc.
('Dima'). Dima had no assets or liabilities other than its ownership interest in
LII. The amalgamated entity will continue as LII. As part of the amalgamation
transaction, the company issued 4,053,643 common shares of the amalgamated
entity to the sole shareholder in exchange for the shares previously issued by
Dima.
 
     (c) Subsequent to the above transaction, LII purchased the remaining shares
in Liftmaster and 463291 at their approximate fair market values of $474,000 and
$461,000, respectively. The purchase was completed via the issuance of 346,357
common shares of LII. As the transaction was between related parties, the
acquisition will be accounted for as a pooling of interests.
 
     (d) As a result of the above transactions, the number of issued and
outstanding common shares of LII amounted to 4,400,000. Accordingly, the
earnings per share data are presented on a pro-forma basis, giving effect to the
above-noted reorganization.
 
                                      F-29



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
__________________________________            __________________________________
 
     NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER. NEITHER THE DELIVERY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES
CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE
COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF
ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO ANY
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH AN OFFER WOULD BE UNLAWFUL.
 
                            ------------------------
THIS OFFERING IS NOT BEING MADE IN CANADA AND IS NOT BEING MADE TO RESIDENTS OF
                                    CANADA.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                                                       <C>
Prospectus Summary.....................................................................................................      3
The Company............................................................................................................      3
The Offering...........................................................................................................      5
Summary Financial Information..........................................................................................      6
Risk Factors...........................................................................................................      7
Use of Proceeds........................................................................................................     14
Dilution...............................................................................................................     16
Capitalization.........................................................................................................     17
Dividend Policy........................................................................................................     17
Summary Financial Information..........................................................................................     18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..................................     19
Business...............................................................................................................     23
Management.............................................................................................................     33
Principal Stockholders.................................................................................................     35
Certain Transactions...................................................................................................     35
Description of Securities..............................................................................................     36
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations................................................................     38
Investment Canada Act..................................................................................................     39
Underwriting...........................................................................................................     39
Legal Matters..........................................................................................................     42
Experts................................................................................................................     42
Additional Information.................................................................................................     43
Financial Statements...................................................................................................    F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
     UNTIL       , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                        1,250,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                      AND
                          1,500,000 REDEEMABLE COMMON
                            STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS
 
                            LIFTKING  INDUSTRIES INC.
 
                             ---------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                             ---------------------
 
                                 MONROE PARKER
                                SECURITIES, INC.
 
                                            , 1997
 
__________________________________            __________________________________



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     In connection with the Offering, the Underwriter agreed to indemnify the
Company, its directors, and each person who controls it within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act with respect to any statement in or omission from the
registration statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto
if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished in
writing to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for or in connection with
the preparation of the registration statement, the prospectus, or any such
amendment or supplement thereto.
 
     Under the terms of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, no director
shall be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary
damages for breach fiduciary duty as a director, except that this provision
shall not eliminate or limit the liability of any director; (i) for any breach
of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders; (ii)
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct
or a knowing violation of the law; or (iii) for any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit. This provision shall also not
eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any act or omission occurring
prior to the date when such provision becomes effective.
 
     Under the terms of the Company's By-Laws, each person who was or is made a
party or is threatened to be made a party or is involved in any action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(hereinafter a 'proceeding'), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person
of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer,
of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to
employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action
in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any
other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent
authorized by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the
case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the
Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted
the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense,
liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise
taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such
indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs,
executors and administrators.
 
     The Company does not currently have any liability insurance coverage for
its officers and directors.
 
ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The estimated expenses in connection with this Offering are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
SEC filing fee.................................................................   $  4,639.47
The Nasdaq SmallCap Market filing fee..........................................     10,000.00
Boston Exchange filing fee.....................................................      7,500.00
Pacif Exchange filing fee......................................................      7,500.00
NASD filing fee................................................................      2,007.33
Accounting fees and expenses*..................................................     55,000.00
Legal fees and expenses*.......................................................    125,000.00
Blue Sky fees and expenses*....................................................     45,000.00
Printing and engraving*........................................................     50,000.00
Transfer Agent's and Registrar's fees*.........................................      2,500.00
Miscellaneous expenses*........................................................      9,174.47
                                                                                  -----------
     Total.....................................................................   $318,321.27
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
*  Estimated
 
                                      II-1
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     The following information sets forth all securities of the Company sold by
it since inception, which securities were not registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended:
 
   
          LiftKing Industries Inc. was incorporated on April 25, 1989. The
     Company is a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of
     Ontario, Canada. The Company's sole shareholder was Dima Products
     Manufacturing, Inc. ('Dima') a corporation organized under the laws of the
     Province of Ontario, Canada, which in turn was wholly owned by Louis
     Aldrovandi, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer. In August
     1997, the Company merged with and into Dima. Under Canadian law, the
     surviving entity accepted the name, LiftKing Industries Inc. In accordance
     with the merger, LiftKing Industries Inc. issued 4,053,643 Common Shares of
     the Company's Common Stock to the sole shareholder, Louis Aldrovandi, in
     exchange for the shares previously issued to Mr. Aldrovandi by Dima.
    
 
          In August 1997, the Company purchased all of the outstanding shares of
     capital stock of Liftmaster Limited ('Liftmaster'), a corporation organized
     under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada on November 10, 1976,
     from its shareholders Grace and Mark Aldrovandi, a Director of the Company.
     Also in August 1997, the Company purchased all of the outstanding shares of
     capital stock of 463291 Ontario Limited ('463291'), a corporation organized
     under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada on December 4, 1980, from
     its sole shareholder the Aldrovandi Family Trust. In exchange for the
     shares of Liftmaster and 463291, the Company issued 42,364 shares of its
     Common Stock to Grace Aldrovandi, 133,367 shares of its Common Stock to
     Mark Aldrovandi and 170,626 shares of its Common Stock to the Aldrovandi
     Family Trust.
 
          The Company has relied on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933,
     as amended, for its private placement exemption, such that the sales of the
     securities were transactions by an issuer not involving any public
     offering.
 
ITEM 27. EXHIBITS.
 
   
<TABLE>
    <C>    <S>
      1.1  -- Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
      1.2  -- Form of Selected Dealers Agreement.
      1.3  -- Financial Consulting Agreement.**
      3.1  -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
      3.2  -- By-Laws of the Company.
      4.1  -- Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock.*
      4.2  -- Specimen Certificate for Warrants.*
      4.3  -- Form of Underwriter's Purchase Option**
      4.4  -- Form of Warrant Agreement
      5.1  -- Opinion of Farano Green, counsel to the Company.*
     10.1  -- 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan*
     10.2  -- Lease Agreement for premises located at 7135 Islington Avenue, Woodbridge, Ontario Canada L4L 1V9.*
     10.3  -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Louis Aldrovandi.*
     10.4  -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Mark Aldrovandi.*
       21  -- List of Subsidiaries.*
     23.1  -- Consent of Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP.*
     23.2  -- Consent of Farano Green (to be included in Exhibit 5.01)*
     23.3  -- Consent of Schwartz Levitsky Feldman.**
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 * To be filed by amendment.
 
   
** Filed herewith.
    
 
                                      II-2
 


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
(A) RULE 415 OFFERING
 
     The undersigned Registrant will:
 
          1. File, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
     post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement to:
 
             (i) Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;
 
             (ii) Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which,
        individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the
        information set forth in the registration statement;
 
             (iii) Include any additional or changed material information on the
        plan of distribution.
 
          2. For determining liability under the Act, treat each such
     post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities
     offered, and the Offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering.
 
          3. File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
     the securities that remain unsold at the end of the Offering.
 
(B) EQUITY OFFERINGS OF NONREPORTING SMALL BUSINESS ISSUERS
 
     The undersigned Registrant will provide to the Underwriter at the closing
specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and
registered in such names as required by the Underwriter to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
 
(C) INDEMNIFICATION
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be
permitted to directors, officers or controlling persons of the Registrant
pursuant to the provisions referred to in Item 24 of this Registration Statement
or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(D) RULE 430A
 
     The undersigned Registrant will:
 
          1. For determining any liability under the Act, treat the information
     omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration
     Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of a
     prospectus filed by the small business issuer under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
     or 497(h) under the Act as part of this Registration Statement as of the
     time the Commission declared it effective.
 
          2. For any liability under the Act, treat each post-effective
     amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a new registration
     statement for the securities offered in the Registration Statement, and
     that the Offering of the securities at that time as the initial bona fide
     Offering of those securities.
 
                                      II-3



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the Registrant, certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe
that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in
Woodbridge, Ontario, Canada on October 24, 1997.
    
 
                                                 LIFTKING INDUSTRIES INC.
                                          By:        /s/ LOUIS ALDROVANDI
                                              ..................................
 
                                                      LOUIS ALDROVANDI
                                                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,
                                                   PRESIDENT AND CHAIRMAN
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement or Amendments thereto has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                              DATE
- ------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------   -------------------
<C>                                         <S>                                            <C>
           /S/ LOUIS ALDROVANDI             Chief Executive Officer,                         October 24, 1997
 .........................................    President and Chairman
            (LOUIS ALDROVANDI)
 
           /S/ MARK ALDROVANDI              Vice President,                                  October 24, 1997
 .........................................    General Manager and Director
            (MARK ALDROVANDI)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4



<PAGE>

<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
   
<TABLE>
<Captio
                                                                                   LOCATION OF EXHIBIT
    EXHIBIT                                                                           IN SEQUENTIAL
    NUMBER                                           DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT         NUMBERING SYSTEM
    ------   --------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
 
    <S>      <C>                                                                           <C>
      1.1    -- Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
      1.2    -- Form of Selected Dealers Agreement.
      1.3    -- Financial Consulting Agreement.**
      3.1    -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
      3.2    -- By-Laws of the Company.
      4.1    -- Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock.*
      4.2    -- Specimen Certificate for Warrants.*
      4.3    -- Form of Underwriter's Purchase Option**
      4.4    -- Form of Warrant Agreement
      5.1    -- Opinion of Farano Green, counsel to the Company.*
     10.1    -- 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan*
     10.2    -- Lease Agreement for premises located at 7135 Islington Avenue,
                Woodbridge, Ontario Canada L4L 1V9.*
     10.3    -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Louis Aldrovandi.*
     10.4    -- Employment Agreement between the Company and Mark Aldrovandi.*
       21    -- List of Subsidiaries.*
     23.1    -- Consent of Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP.*
     23.2    -- Consent of Farano Green (to be included in Exhibit 5.01)*
     23.3    -- Consent of Schwartz Levitsky Feldman.**
 
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 * To be filed by amendment.
 
   
** Filed herewith.
    


<PAGE>




<PAGE>




                        1,250,000 Shares of Common Stock
                                       and
           1,500,000 Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants

                            LIFTKING INDUSTRIES, INC.

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                              New York, New York
                                                                   ____ __, 1997

Monroe Parker Securities, Inc.
2500 Westchester Avenue
Purchase, New York  10577

   
         LiftKing Industries, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws
of the Province of Ontario, Canada (the "Company"), proposes to issue 
and sell to you (the "Underwriter"), an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares 
of Common Stock and 1,500,000 Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant
("Warrant"). The Common Stock and Warrants may be collectively referred to 
hereinafter as the "Securities." Each Warrant entitles the registered holder
thereof to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock at an exercise price of 
$4.50 for a period of three (3) years, commencing _____ __, 1998 (one (1) year
from the Effective Date) through _______ __, 2001. The Warrants are subject to
redemption by the Company upon not less than thirty (30) days' notice at any
time after ________ __, 1998 (twelve (12) months from the Effective Date) with
the consent of the Underwriter, and eighteen (18) months after the Effective
date without the consent of the Underwriter, at $.10 per warrant, if the closing
sale price per share of Common Stock has equaled or exceeded 250% of the then
exercise price of the Warrants on all 10 of the trading days ending on the third
day prior to the written notice of redemption. In addition, the Company proposes
to grant to the Underwriter the option referred to in Section 2(b) to purchase
all or any part of an aggregate of 187,500 additional shares of Common Stock and
225,000 additional Warrants.
    

        Unless the context otherwise requires, the aggregate of 1,250,000 shares
of Common Stock and 1,500,000 Warrants to be sold by the Company are herein
called the "Securities." The Common Stock to be outstanding are also called the
"Shares."



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




          You have advised the Company that you desire to purchase the
Securities. The Company confirms the agreements made by it with respect to the
purchase of the Securities by the Underwriter as follows:

          1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants to, and agrees with you that:

               (a) A registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 429 (File No.
333-_______) and relating back to a Registration Statement (File No. 333-_____)
on Form SB-2 relating to the public offering of the Securities, including a form
of prospectus subject to completion, copies of which have heretofore been
delivered to you, has been prepared in conformity with the requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and regulations
(the "Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") thereunder, and has been filed with the Commission under the Act
and one or more amendments to such registration statement may have been so
filed. After the execution of this Agreement, the Company will file with the
Commission either (i) if such registration statement, as it may have been
amended, has been declared by the Commission to be effective under the Act, a
prospectus in the form most recently included in an amendment to such
registration statement (or, if no such amendment shall have been filed in such
registration statement), with such changes or insertions as are required by Rule
430A under the Act or permitted by Rule 424(b) under the Act and as have been
provided to and approved by you prior to the execution of this Agreement, or
(ii) if such registration statement, as it may have been amended, has not been
declared by the Commission to be effective under the Act, an amendment to such
registration statement, including a form of prospectus, a copy of which
amendment has been furnished to and approved by you prior to the execution of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the term "Registration Statement"
means such registration statement, as amended at the time when it was or is
declared effective, including all financial schedules and exhibits thereto and
including any information omitted therefrom pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act
and included in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined); the term "Preliminary
Prospectus" means each prospectus subject to completion filed with such
registration statement or any amendment thereto (including the prospectus
subject to completion, if any, included in the Registration Statement or any
amendment thereto at the time it was or is declared effective); and the term
"Prospectus" means the prospectus first filed with the Commission pursuant to
Rule 424(b) under the Act, or, if no prospectus is required to be filed pursuant
to said Rule 424(b), such term means the prospectus included in the Registration
Statement; except that if such registration statement or prospectus is amended
or such prospectus is supplemented, after the effective date of such
registration statement and prior to the Option Closing Date (as hereinafter
defined), the terms "Registration Statement" and "Prospectus" shall include such
registration statement and prospectus as so amended, and the term "Prospectus"
shall include the prospectus as so supplemented, or both, as the case may be.

               (b) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or
suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus. At the time the Registration
Statement becomes effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on the
First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) or the Option



                                       2

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




Closing Date, as the case may be, (i) the Registration Statement and Prospectus
will in all respects conform to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and
Regulations; and (ii) neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus will
include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make statements therein not
misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representations,
warranties or agreements as to information contained in or omitted from the
Registration Statement or Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with,
written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter
specifically for use in the preparation thereof. It is understood that the
statements set forth in the Prospectus with respect to stabilization, under the
heading "Underwriting" and the identity of counsel to the Underwriter under the
heading "Legal Matters" constitute for purposes of this Section and Section 6(b)
the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriter for
inclusion in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, as the case may be.

               (c) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
its incorporation with full corporate power and authority to own its properties
and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified or
licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each
other jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character or
location of its properties requires such qualification, except where the failure
to so qualify will not materially adversely affect the Company's business,
properties or financial condition.

               (d) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the
Company, including the predecessors of the Company, is as set forth the
Company's financial statements contained in the Registration Statement; the
shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company set forth therein
have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable;
except as set forth in the Prospectus, no options, warrants, or other rights to
purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or agreements or other
rights to convert any obligation into, any shares of capital stock of the
Company have been granted or entered into by the Company; and the capital stock
conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus.

               (e) The Securities and the shares of Common Stock, when paid for,
issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will have been duly authorized,
issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations
of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting
the right of creditors generally or by general equitable principles, and
entitled to the rights and preferences provided by the Certificate of
Incorporation, which will be in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement. The terms of the Common Stock conform to the description thereof in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

               The Warrants, when paid for, issued and delivered pursuant to
this Agreement, will have been duly authorized, issued and delivered and will
constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in
accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may




                                       3

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting the right of
creditors generally or by general equitable principles, and entitled to the
benefits provided by the warrant agreement pursuant to which such Warrants are
to be issued (the "Warrant Agreement"), which will be substantially in the form
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants have been reserved for issuance upon the
exercise of the Warrants and when issued in accordance with the terms of the
Warrants and Warrant Agreement, will be duly and validly authorized validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive rights. The Warrant
Agreement has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered pursuant to
this Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the
transfer agent, will have been duly executed and delivered and will constitute
the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable in
accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally
or by general equitable principles. The Warrants and Warrant Agreement conform
to the respective descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus.

               The Purchase Option (as defined in the Registration Statement),
when paid for, issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement will constitute
valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance
with their terms and entitled to the benefits provided by the Purchase Option,
except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws
affecting the rights of creditors generally or by general equitable principles.
The Securities issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Option (and the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants) when issued and paid for in
accordance with this Agreement, the Purchase Option and the Warrant Agreement,
will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free
of preemptive rights.

               (f) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Company. The Company has full power and authority to
authorize, issue and sell the Securities to be sold by it hereunder on the terms
and conditions set forth herein, and no consent, approval, authorization or
other order of any governmental authority is required in connection with such
authorization, execution and delivery or in connection with the authorization,
issuance and sale of the Securities or the Purchase Option, except such as may
be required under the Act or state securities laws.

               (g) Except as described in the Prospectus, or which would not
have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise),
business prospects, net worth or properties of the Company (a "Material Adverse
Effect"), the Company is not in violation, breach or default of or under, and
consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and the fulfillment of the
terms of this Agreement will not conflict with, or result in a breach or
violation of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under,
or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon
any of the property or assets of the Company, pursuant to the terms of any
material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement
or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be
bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company is subject, nor
will such action result in any violation of the



                                       4

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



provisions of the certificate of incorporation or the by-laws of the Company, as
amended, or any statute or any order, rule or regulation applicable to the
Company of any court or of any regulatory authority or other governmental body
having jurisdiction over the Company.

               (h) Subject to the qualifications stated in the Prospectus, the
Company has good and marketable title to all properties and assets described in
the Prospectus as owned by it, free and clear of all liens, charges,
encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are not materially significant or
important in relation to its business; all of the material leases and subleases
under which the Company is the lessor or sublessor of properties or assets or
under which the Company holds properties or assets as lessee or sublessee as
described in the Prospectus are in full force and effect, and, except as
described in the Prospectus, the Company is not in default in any material
respect with respect to any of the terms or provisions of any of such leases or
subleases, and, to the best knowledge of the Company, no claim has been asserted
by anyone adverse to rights of the Company as lessor, sublessor, lessee or
sublessee under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or
questioning the right of the Company to continued possession of the leased or
subleased premises or assets under any such lease or sublease except as
described or referred to in the Prospectus; and the Company owns or leases all
such properties described in the Prospectus as are necessary to its operations
as now conducted and, except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, as proposed
to be conducted as set forth in the Prospectus.

               (i) Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, which has given its report on
certain financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the
Registration Statement, is with respect to the Company, independent public
accountants as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

               (j) The financial statements, and schedules together with related
notes, set forth in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement present fairly
the financial position and results of operations and changes in cash flow
position of the Company on the basis stated in the Registration Statement, at
the respective dates and for the respective periods to which they apply. Said
statements and schedules and related notes have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis which is consistent
during the periods involved except as disclosed in the Prospectus and
Registration Statement.

               (k) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and except as otherwise
disclosed or contemplated therein, the Company has not incurred any liabilities
or obligations, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, or
entered into any transaction not in the ordinary course of business, which would
have a Material Adverse Effect, and there has not been any change in the capital
stock of, or any incurrence of short-term or long-term debt by, the Company or
any issuance of options, warrants or other rights to purchase the capital stock
of the Company or any material adverse change or any development involving, so
far as the Company can now reasonably foresee a prospective adverse change in
the condition (financial or otherwise), net worth, results of operations,
business, key personnel or properties of it which would have a Material Adverse
Effect.




                                       5

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               (l) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not now
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, any action, suit or
proceeding to which the Company is a party before or by any court or
governmental agency or body, which might result in any material adverse change
in the financial condition, business prospects, net worth, or properties of the
Company, nor are there any actions, suits or proceedings related to
environmental matters or related to discrimination on the basis of age, sex,
religion or race; and no labor disputes involving the employees of the Company
exist or to the knowledge of the Company, are threatened which might be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (m) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has filed
all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns
required to be filed as of the date hereof and have paid all taxes shown as due
thereon; and there is no tax deficiency which has been, or to the knowledge of
the party, may be asserted against the Company.

               (n) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement or
Prospectus, the Company has sufficient licenses, permits and other governmental
authorizations currently necessary for the conduct of its business or the
ownership of its properties as described in the Prospectus and is in all
material respects complying therewith and owns or possesses adequate rights to
use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks,
trade-names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights and
licenses necessary for the conduct of such business and has not received any
notice of conflict with the asserted rights of others in respect thereof. To the
best knowledge of the Company, none of the activities or business of the Company
are in violation of, or cause the Company to violate, any law, rule, regulation
or order of the United States, any state, county or locality, or of any agency
or body of the United States or of any state, county or locality, the violation
of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (o) The Company has not, directly or indirectly, at any time (i)
made any contributions to any candidate for political office, or failed to
disclose fully any such contribution in violation of law or (ii) made any
payment to any state, federal or foreign governmental officer or official, or
other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than
payments or contributions required or allowed by applicable law. The Company's
internal accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company
to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of
1977, as amended.

               (p) On the Closing Dates (hereinafter defined) all transfer or
other taxes, (including franchise, capital stock or other tax, other than income
taxes, imposed by any jurisdiction) if any, which are required to be paid in
connection with the sale and transfer of the Securities to the Underwriter
hereunder will have been fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws
imposing such taxes will have been complied with in all material respects.

               (q) All contracts and other documents of the Company which are,
under the Rules and Regulations, required to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement have been so filed.



                                       6

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




               (r) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the
Company has no Subsidiaries.

               (s) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the
Company has not entered into any agreement pursuant to which any person is
entitled either directly or indirectly to compensation from the Company for
services as a finder in connection with the proposed public offering.

               (t) Except as previously disclosed in writing by the Company to
the Underwriter or as disclosed in the Registration Statement, no officer,
director or stockholder of the Company has any National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") affiliation.

               (u) No other firm, corporation or person has any rights to
underwrite an offering of any of the Company's securities.

        2.     Purchase, Delivery and Sale of the Securities.

               (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and
upon the basis of the representations, warranties, and agreements herein
contained, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriter and the
Underwriter agrees to buy from the Company at the place and time hereinafter
specified, 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock at $4.00 per share and 1,500,000
Warrants at $.15 per Warrant (the "First Securities").

               Delivery of the First Securities against payment therefor shall
take place at the offices of Singer Zamansky LLP, 40 Exchange Place, New York,
New York 10005 (or at such other place as may be designated by agreement between
the Underwriter and the Company) at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on ________,
1997, or at such later time and date as the Underwriter may designate in writing
to the Company at least two business days prior to such purchase, such time and
date of payment and delivery for the First Securities being herein called the
"First Closing Date."

               (b) In addition, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, and upon the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
herein contained, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriter (the
"Over-Allotment Option") to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of an
additional 187,500 shares of Common Stock and 225,000 Warrants to cover over
allotments at the same price as the Underwriter shall pay for the First
Securities being sold pursuant to the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section 2 (such additional Securities being referred to herein as the "Option
Securities"). This option may be exercised within 45 days after the effective
date of the Registration Statement upon written notice by the Underwriter to the
Company advising as to the amount of Option Securities as to which the option is
being exercised, the names and denominations in which the certificates for such
Option Securities are to be registered and the time and date when such
certificates are to be delivered. Such time and date shall be determined by the
Underwriter but shall not be earlier than four nor later than ten full business
days after the exercise of said option (but in no event more than 55 days after
the Effective Date), nor in any event prior to



                                       7

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


the First Closing Date, and such time and date is referred to herein as the
"Option Closing Date." Delivery of the Option Securities against payment
therefor shall take place at the offices of Singer Zamansky LLP, 40 Exchange
Place, New York, NY 10005 (or at such other place as may be designated by
agreement between the Underwriter and the Company). The option granted hereunder
may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale by the Underwriter of
First Securities referred to in subsection (a) above. No Option Securities shall
be delivered unless all First Securities shall have been delivered to the
Underwriter as provided herein.

               (c) The Company will make the certificates for the Securities to
be purchased by the Underwriter hereunder available to you for checking at least
two full business days prior to the First Closing Date or the Option Closing
Date (which are collectively referred to herein as the "Closing Dates"). The
certificates shall be in such names and denominations as you may request, at
least three full business days prior to the Closing Dates. Delivery of the
certificates at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further
condition to the obligations of the Underwriter.

               Definitive certificates in negotiable form for the Securities to
be purchased by the Underwriter hereunder will be delivered by the Company to
you for the account of the Underwriter against payment of the respective
purchase prices by the Underwriter, by wire transfer or certified or bank
cashier's checks in New York Clearing House funds, payable to the order of the
Company.

               In addition, in the event the Underwriter exercises the option to
purchase from the Company all or any portion of the Option Securities pursuant
to the provisions of subsection (b) above, payment for such Securities shall be
made to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer or certified or bank
cashier's checks payable in New York Clearing House funds at the offices of
Singer Zamansky LLP, 40 Exchange Place, New York, N.Y. 10005, at the time and
date of delivery of such Securities as required by the provisions of subsection
(b) above, against receipt of the certificates for such Securities by you for
your account registered in such names and in such denominations as you may
reasonably request.

               It is understood that the Underwriter proposes to offer the
Securities to be purchased hereunder to the public upon the terms and conditions
set forth in the Registration Statement, after the Registration Statement
becomes effective.

          3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with the
Underwriter that:

               (a) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the
Registration Statement to become effective. If required, the Company will file
the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto with the Commission in
the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Act.
Upon notification from the Commission that the Registration Statement has become
effective, the Company will so advise you and will not at any time, whether
before or after the effective date, file any amendment to the Registration
Statement or supplement to the Prospectus of which you shall not previously have
been advised and furnished with a copy or to which you or



                                       8

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

your counsel shall have reasonably objected in writing or which is not in
compliance with the Act and the Rules and Regulations. At any time prior to the
later of (A) the completion by the Underwriter of the distribution of the
Securities contemplated hereby (but in no event more than nine months after the
date on which the Registration Statement shall have become or been declared
effective) and (B) 25 days after the date on which the Registration Statement
shall have become or been declared effective, the Company will prepare and file
with the Commission, promptly upon your request, any amendments or supplements
to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which, in the opinion of counsel to
the Company and the Underwriter, may be reasonably necessary or advisable in
connection with the distribution of the Securities.

               As soon as the Company is advised thereof, the Company will
advise you, and provide you copies of any written advice, of the receipt of any
comments of the Commission, of the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment
to the Registration Statement, of the filing of any supplement to the Prospectus
or any amended Prospectus, of any request made by the Commission for an
amendment of the Registration Statement or for supplementing of the Prospectus
or for additional information with respect thereto, of the issuance by the
Commission or any state or regulatory body of any stop order or other order or
threat thereof suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any
order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the
suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering in any
jurisdiction, or of the institution of any proceedings for any of such purposes,
and will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order, and, if
issued, to obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof.

               The Company has caused to be delivered to you copies of each
Preliminary Prospectus, and the Company has consented and hereby consents to the
use of such copies for the purposes permitted by the Act. The Company authorizes
the Underwriter and dealers to use the Prospectus in connection with the sale of
the Securities for such period as in the opinion of counsel to the Underwriter
and the Company the use thereof is required to comply with the applicable
provisions of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. In case of the happening,
at any time within such period as a Prospectus is required under the Act to be
delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriter or dealer of any event of
which the Company has knowledge and which materially affects the Company or the
securities of the Company, or which in the opinion of counsel for the Company
and counsel for the Underwriter should be set forth in an amendment of the
Registration Statement or a supplement to the Prospectus in order to make the
statements therein not then misleading, in light of the circumstances existing
at the time the Prospectus is required to be delivered to a purchaser of the
Securities or in case it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the
Prospectus to comply with law or with the Rules and Regulations, the Company
will notify you promptly and forthwith prepare and furnish to you copies of such
amended Prospectus or of such supplement to be attached to the Prospectus, in
such quantities as you may reasonably request, in order that the Prospectus, as
so amended or supplemented, will not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state any material facts necessary in order to make the
statements in the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they
are made, not misleading. The preparation and furnishing of any such amendment
or supplement to the Registration Statement or amended Prospectus or supplement
to be attached to the Prospectus shall be without expense to the




                                       9

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Underwriter, except that in case the Underwriter is required, in connection with
the sale of the Securities to deliver a Prospectus nine months or more after the
effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will upon request of
and at the expense of the Underwriter, amend or supplement the Registration
Statement and Prospectus and furnish the Underwriter with reasonable quantities
of prospectuses complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act.

               The Company will comply with the Act, the Rules and Regulations
and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the rules and
regulations thereunder in connection with the offering and issuance of the
Securities.

               (b) The Company will furnish such information as may be required
and to otherwise cooperate and use its best efforts to qualify or register the
Securities for sale under the securities or "Blue-Sky" laws of such
jurisdictions as you may designate and will make such applications and furnish
such information as may be required for that purpose and to comply with such
laws, provided the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign
corporation or a dealer in securities or to execute a general consent of service
of process in any jurisdiction in any action other than one arising out of the
offering or sale of the Securities. The Company will, from time to time, prepare
and file such statements and reports as are or may be required to continue such
qualification in effect for so long a period as the counsel to the Company and
the Underwriter deem reasonably necessary.

               (c) If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not
consummated as a result of the Company not performing its obligations hereunder
in all material respects, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses incurred
by it which are incident to the performance of the Company's obligations
hereunder, including but not limited to, all of the expenses itemized in Section
8, including the accountable expenses of the Underwriter, (including the
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriter).

               (d) The Company will use its best efforts to (i) cause a
registration statement under the Exchange Act to be declared effective
concurrently with the completion of this offering and will notify you in writing
immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, and (ii) to
obtain and keep current a listing in the Standard & Poor's or Moody's OTC
Industrial Manual.

               (e) For so long as the Company is a reporting company under
either Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company, at its expense,
will furnish to its stockholders an annual report (including financial
statements audited by independent public accountants), in reasonable detail and
at its expense, will furnish to you during the period ending five (5) years from
the date hereof, (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year,
but no earlier than the filing of such information with the Commission a balance
sheet of the Company as at the end of such fiscal year, together with statements
of income, surplus and cash flow of the Company for such fiscal year, all in
reasonable detail and accompanied by a copy of the certificate or report thereon
of independent accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each of
the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, but no earlier than the
filing of such information with the Commission, consolidated



                                       10

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


summary financial information of the Company for such quarter in reasonable
detail; (iii) as soon as they are publicly available, a copy of all reports
(financial or other) mailed to security holders; (iv) as soon as they are
available, a copy of all non-confidential reports and financial statements
furnished to or filed with the Commission or any securities exchange or
automated quotation system on which any class of securities of the Company is
listed; and (v) such other information as you may from time to time reasonably
request.

               (f) In the event the Company has an active subsidiary or
subsidiaries, such financial statements referred to in subsection (e) above will
be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its
subsidiary or subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its
stockholders generally.

               (g) The Company will deliver to you at or before the First
Closing Date two signed copies of the Registration Statement including all
financial statements and exhibits filed therewith, and of all amendments
thereto, and will deliver to the Underwriter such number of conformed copies of
the Registration Statement, including such financial statements but without
exhibits, and of all amendments thereto, as the Underwriter may reasonably
request. The Company will deliver to or upon your order, from time to time until
the effective date of the Registration Statement, as many copies of any
Preliminary Prospectus filed with the Commission prior to the effective date of
the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request. The Company will
deliver to the Underwriter on the effective date of the Registration Statement
and thereafter for so long as a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the
Act, from time to time, as many copies of the Prospectus, in final form, or as
thereafter amended or supplemented, as the Underwriter may from time to time
reasonably request.

               (h) The Company will make generally available to its security
holders and to the registered holders of its Warrants and deliver to you as soon
as it is practicable to do so but in no event later than 90 days after the end
of twelve months after its current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which
need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months
beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which shall
satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act.

               (i) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
Securities substantially for the purposes set forth under "Use of Proceeds" in
the Prospectus and, except as set forth therein, shall not use any proceeds to
pay any (i) debt for borrowed funds, or (ii) debt or obligation owed to any
insider outside of salary in the ordinary course of business.

               (j) The Company will promptly prepare and file with the
Commission any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement,
Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus and take any other action, which in the
opinion of counsel to the Underwriter and counsel to the Company, may be
reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the
Securities, and will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective
as promptly as possible.




                                       11

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               (k) The Company will reserve and keep available the maximum
number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon
exercise of the Purchase Option outstanding from time to time.

               (l) (1)For a period of twenty four (24) months from the First
Closing Date, no officer, director or shareholder of any securities prior to the
offering (collectively, "Insiders") will, directly or indirectly, offer, sell
(including any short sale), grant any option for the sale of, acquire any option
to dispose of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock without the
prior written consent of the Underwriter, other than as set forth in the
Registration Statement. In addition, the Insiders must also agree to an
additional twelve (12) month lockup if the Company has not had after-tax net
earnings of $3,000,000 for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1999. In order to
enforce this covenant, the Company shall impose stop-transfer instructions with
respect to the securities owned by every shareholder prior to the offering until
the end of such period (subject to any exceptions to such limitation on
transferability set forth in the Registration Statement). If necessary to comply
with any applicable Blue-Sky Law, the shares held by such shareholders will be
escrowed with counsel for the Company or otherwise as required.

                  (2) Except for the issuance of shares of capital stock by the
Company in connection with a dividend, recapitalization, reorganization or
similar transactions or as result of the exercise of warrants or options to
purchase up to 750,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to an incentive and
non-qualified stock option plan disclosed in or issued or granted pursuant to
plans disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Company shall not, for a
period of thirty six (36) months following the First Closing Date, directly or
indirectly, offer, sell, issue or transfer any shares of its capital stock, or
any security exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, shares of the
capital stock or (including stock options) register any of its capital stock
(under any form of registration statement including Form S-8), without the prior
written consent of the Underwriter upon at least 30 days' notice. Options
granted pursuant to plans must be exercisable at the fair market value on the
date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Company may issue
securities during said thirty six (36) month period in connection with
acquisitions by the Company which would have a positive effect on the Company's
income statement based upon generally accepted accounting principles.

               (m) Upon completion of this offering, the Company will make all
filings required, including registration under the Exchange Act, to obtain the
listing of the Securities, Common Stock and the Warrants in the Nasdaq SmallCap
system, and will use its best efforts to effect and maintain such listing for at
least five years from the date of this Agreement.

               (n) Except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company represents that it has not taken
and agrees that it will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to
or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or
result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any of the
Securities.



                                       12

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               (o) On the First Closing Date and simultaneously with the
delivery of the Securities, the Company shall execute and deliver to you the
Purchase Option. The Purchase Option will be substantially in the form filed as
an Exhibit to the Registration Statement.

               (p) On the First Closing Date, the Company will have in force key
person life insurance on the life of Mr. Aldrovandi in an amount of not less
than $1,000,000, payable to the Company, and will use its best efforts to
maintain such insurance during the three year period commencing with the First
Closing Date.

               (q) So long as any Warrants are outstanding and the exercise
price of the Warrants is less than the market price of the Common Stock, the
Company shall use its best efforts to cause post-effective amendments to the
Registration Statement to become effective in compliance with the Act and
without any lapse of time between the effectiveness of any such post-effective
amendments and cause a copy of each Prospectus, as then amended, to be delivered
to each holder of record of a Warrant and to furnish to the Underwriter as many
copies of each such Prospectus as such Underwriter or dealer may reasonably
request. The Company shall not call for redemption of any of the Warrants unless
a registration statement covering the securities underlying the Warrants has
been declared effective by the Commission and remains current at least until the
date fixed for redemption.

               (r) For a period of five (5) years following the Effective Date,
the Company will maintain registration with the Commission pursuant to Section
12(g) of the Exchange Act and will provide to the Underwriter copies of all
filings made with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act. In the event that
the Company fails to maintain registration with the Commission pursuant to
Section 12(g) during such five year period, the Company will provide reasonable
access to an independent accountant designated by the Underwriter, to all books,
records and other documents or statements that reflect the Company's financial
status at least once each quarter, at the Company's expense.

               (s) The Company agrees to pay the Underwriter a warrant
solicitation fee of 4% of the exercise price of any of the Warrants exercised
beginning one (1) year after the Effective Date (not including warrants
exercised by the Underwriter) if (a) the market price of the Company's Common
Stock on the date the Warrant is exercised is greater than the exercise price of
the Warrant, (b) the exercise of the Warrant was solicited by the Underwriter
and the holder of the warrant designates the Underwriter in writing as having
solicited such Warrant, (c) the Warrant is not held in a discretionary account,
(d) disclosure of the compensation arrangement is made upon the sale and
exercise of the Warrants, (e) soliciting the exercise is not in violation of
Rule 10b-6 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (f) solicitation of
the exercise is in compliance with the NASD Notice to Members 81-38 (September
22, 1981).

               (t) For a period of two years from the Effective Date, at the
request of the Underwriter, the Company shall provide promptly, at the expense
of the Company, copies of the



                                       13

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Company's monthly transfer sheets furnished to it by its transfer agent and
copies of the securities position listings provided to it by the Depository
Trust Company.

               (u) The Company hereby agrees that:

                      (i) The Company will pay a finder's fee to the
Underwriter, equal to five percent (5%) of the first $3,000,000 of the
consideration involved in any transaction, 4% of the next $3,000,000 of
consideration involved in the transaction, 3% of the next $2,000,000, 2% of the
next $2,000,000 and 1% of the excess, if any, for future consummated
transactions, if any, introduced by the Underwriter (including mergers,
acquisitions, joint ventures, and any other business for the Company introduced
by the Underwriter) consummated by the Company (an "Introduced Consummated
Transaction"), in which the Underwriter introduced the other party to the
Company during a period ending five years following the First Closing Date; and

                      (ii) Any finder's fee due hereunder will be paid in cash
or other consideration that is acceptable to the Underwriter, at the closing of
the particular Introduced Consummated Transaction for which the finder's fee is
due.

   
               (v) For a period of twenty four (24) months from the Effective
Date, the Company will engage the Underwriter or a representative of the
Underwriter as its financial consultant, in consideration of the payment by the
Company to the Underwriter of a consulting fee of $26,125 which is to be paid in
full at the first closing.
    

               (w) For a period of two (2) years following the Effective Date
the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent
certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company's financial
statements for each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters prior to the
announcement of quarterly financial information, the filing of the Company's
10-Q quarterly report and the mailing of quarterly financial information to
stockholders, provided that the Company shall not be required to file a report
of such accountants relating to such review with the Commission. The Company
will retain its present legal counsel and independent certified public
accountants for at least one year from the Closing Date.

               (x) For the two (2) year period commencing on the First Closing
Date, the Company shall recommend and use its best efforts to elect a designee
of the Underwriter as a member of the Company's Board of Directors. Such
designee shall serve on the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors so
long as such designee would qualify as disinterested for the purpose of Section
162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Alternatively, the
Underwriter may appoint an advisor who will be able to attend all meetings of
the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors shall have the right to
require such advisor to execute a confidentiality agreement satisfactory to the
Company. The Underwriter shall also have the right to written notice no later
than notice to other directors of each meeting and to obtain copies of the
minutes, if requested, from all Board of Directors meetings for two (2) years
following the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, whether or not a
nominee of the Underwriter attends or



                                       14

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


participates in any such Board meeting. To the extent permitted by law, the
Company will indemnify the Underwriter and its designee for the actions of such
designee as a director of the Company. The Company will use its best efforts to
obtain liability insurance not to exceed $50,000 per year in premiums to cover
acts of officers and directors, including said designee. The Company agrees to
reimburse the Underwriter immediately upon the Underwriter's request therefor of
any reasonable travel and lodging expenses directly incurred by the Underwriter
in connection with its designee or representative attending Company Board
meetings on the same basis for other Board members.

               (y) For a period of thirty (30) days from and after the Effective
Date, the Company will not issue a press release or engage in any publicity
other than promotion by the Company of its products and services and other press
releases in the ordinary course of its business, without the Underwriter's prior
written consent, unless required by law.

               (z) The Company agrees that it will use dual check signers, one
of such check signers will be acceptable to the Underwriter.

               (aa) The Company agrees that if requested by the Underwriter, the
Company will hire a Chief Operating Officer, such Chief Operating Officer to be
acceptable to the Underwriter, at market compensation rates for the Company's
geographic area.

          4. Conditions of Underwriter's Obligation. The obligations of the
Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Securities which it has agreed to
purchase hereunder, are subject to the accuracy (as of the date hereof, and as
of the Closing Dates) of and compliance with the representations and warranties
of the Company herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations
hereunder, and to the following conditions:

               (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and
you shall have received notice thereof not later than 10:00 A.M., New York time,
on the day following the date of this Agreement, or at such later time or on
such later date as to which you may agree in writing; on or prior to the Closing
Dates no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
shall have been issued and no proceedings for that or a similar purpose shall
have been instituted or shall be pending or, to your knowledge or to the
knowledge of the Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission; any request
on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been
complied with to the satisfaction of the Commission; and no stop order shall be
in effect denying or suspending effectiveness of such qualification nor shall
any stop order proceedings with respect thereto be instituted or pending or
threatened. If required, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the
Commission in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b)
under the Act.

               (b) At the First Closing Date, you shall have received the
opinion, dated as of the First Closing Date, of Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP,
counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the
Underwriter, to the effect that:



                                       15

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                              (i) The Registration Statement was declared
effective under the Act on ______ __, 1997; to the best of our knowledge, no
stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been
issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending,
threatened or contemplated under the Act or applicable state securities laws;

                              (ii) The Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, as of the Effective Date (except for the financial statements and
other financial data included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which we
express no opinion), comply as to form in all material respects with the
requirements of the Act and Regulations and the conditions for use of a
registration statement on Form SB-2 have been satisfied by the Company;

                              (iii) The description in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus of statutes, regulations, contracts and other
documents have been reviewed by us, and, based upon such review, are accurate in
all material respects and present fairly the information required to be
disclosed, and to the best of our knowledge, there are no material statutes or
regulations, or, to the best of our knowledge, material contracts or documents,
of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, which are
not so described or filed as required.

                              To the best of their knowledge, none of the
material provisions of the contracts or instruments described above violates any
existing applicable law, rule or regulation or judgment, order or decree known
to us of any United States governmental agency or court having jurisdiction over
the Company or any of its assets or businesses;

                              (vi) To the best of their knowledge, except as set
forth in the Prospectus, no holders of any of the Company's securities has any
rights, "demand," "piggyback" or otherwise, to have such securities registered
under the Act;

                              (v) They have participated in reviews and
discussions in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus. Although they are not passing upon and do not assume
responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements
contained in the Registration Statement, no facts came to their attention which
lead them to believe that (A) the Registration Statement (except as to the
financial statements and other financial data contained therein, as to which
they express no opinion), on the Effective Date, contained any untrue statement
of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading, or that (B) the Prospectus (except as to the financial
statements and other financial data contained therein, as to which they express
no opinion) contains any untrue statement or a material fact or omits to state
any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;



                                       16

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




               (c) At the Closing Date, you shall have received the opinion of
Grubner, Krauss, special Canadian counsel to the Company with respect to
Canadian law, dated as of such Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters and
in form and substance satisfactory to counsel to the Underwriters, to the effect
that:

                              (i) The Company is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Province of Ontario,
Canada, with full corporate power and authority, and all licenses, permits,
certifications, registrations, approvals, consents and franchises to own or
lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the
Registration Statement. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a
foreign corporation and is in good standing in all jurisdictions wherein such
qualification is necessary and failure so to qualify could have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, business or
properties of the Company;

                              (ii) The Company has full corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform the Underwriting Agreement, the
Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrants and
to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and
performance of the Underwriting Agreement, the Consulting Agreement, the Warrant
Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrants by the Company, the consummation by the
Company of the transactions therein contemplated and the compliance by the
Company with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Consulting Agreement,
the Warrant Agreements and the Underwriters' Warrants have been duly authorized
by all necessary corporate action, and each of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrant has
been duly executed and delivered by the Company. Each of the Underwriting
Agreement, the Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreements and the
Underwriters' Warrants is a valid and binding obligation of the Company,
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject, as to
enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the
discretion of courts in granting equitable remedies and except that
enforceability of the indemnification provisions and the contribution provisions
set forth in the Underwriting Agreement may be limited by the federal securities
laws or public policy underlying such laws;

                              (iii) The execution, delivery and performance of
the Underwriting Agreement, the Consulting Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and
the Underwriters' Warrants by the Company, the consummation by the Company of
the transactions therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the
terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Consulting Agreement, the Warrant
Agreement and the Underwriters' Warrants do not, and will not, with or without
the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (A) result in a violation of
the Articles of Incorporation, as the same may be amended, or by-laws of the
Company; (B) to the best of our knowledge, result in a breach of, or conflict
with, any terms or provisions of or constitute a default under, or result in the
modification or termination of, or result in the creation or imposition of any
lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or
assets of the Company pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, note, contract,
commitment or other material agreement or


                                       17

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its
properties or assets are or may be bound or affected, except where any of the
foregoing would not result in a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business or operations; (C) to the best of their knowledge, violate any existing
applicable law, rule or regulation or judgment, order or decree known to them of
any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over
the Company or any of its properties or business; or (D) to the best of their
knowledge, have any effect on any permit, certification, registration, approval,
consent, license or franchise necessary for the Company to own or lease and
operate its properties and to conduct its business or the ability of the Company
to make use thereof;

                              (iv) No authorization, approval, consent or
license of any Canadian governmental or regulatory body, agency or
instrumentality is required in connection with the conduct of the business of
the Company as described in the Prospectus;

                              (v) The Company has obtained, or is in the process
of obtaining, all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations
necessary to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and such
licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations obtained are in full
force and effect, and the Company is in all material respects complying
therewith;

                              (vi) To the best of their knowledge, no
authorization, approval, consent, order, registration, license or permit of any
court or governmental agency or body (other than under the Act, the Regulations
and applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws) is required for the valid
authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities, the Additional
Securities, the Common Stock, the Warrants, the Warrant Shares, or the
Underwriters' Warrants, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the Consulting Agreement, the
Warrant Agreement or the Underwriters' Warrants;

                              (vii) The outstanding Common Stock and Warrants
have been duly authorized and validly issued. The outstanding Common stock is
fully paid an nonassessable. To the best of their knowledge, none of the
outstanding Common Stock has been issued in violation of the preemptive rights
of any shareholder of the Company. None of the holders of the outstanding Common
Stock is subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such a holder.
The authorized Common Stock conforms to the description thereof contained in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus.

                              (viii) The issuance and sale of the Securities,
the Additional Securities, the Common Stock, the Warrants, the Warrant Shares
and the Underwriters' Warrants have been duly authorized and when issued will be
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not
be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such holders. Neither
the Securities, the Additional Securities, nor the Common Stock are subject to
preemptive rights of any stockholder of the Company. The certificates
representing the Securities are in proper legal form;



                                       18

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                              (ix) The issuance and sale of the Warrant Shares
and the Underwriters' Warrants have been duly authorized and, when paid for,
issued and delivered pursuant to the terms of the Underwriters' Agreement or the
Underwriters' Warrants, as the case may be, the Warrants, the Warrant Shares and
the Underwriters' Warrants will constitute the valid and binding obligations of
the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, to issue and sell the
Warrants, the Warrant Shares and/or Underwriters' Warrants. All corporate action
required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the securities
has been duly, validly and sufficiently taken. The Common Stock and the Warrants
have been duly authorized by the Company to be offered in the form of the
Securities. The Warrants, the Warrant Shares and the Underwriters' Warrants
conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus;

                              (x) The Underwriters have acquired good title to
the Securities, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities, security
interests and claims;

                              (xi) Assuming that the Underwriters exercise the
over-allotment option to purchase the Additional Securities and make payments
therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, upon
delivery of the Additional Securities to the Underwriters thereunder, the
Underwriters will acquire good title to the Additional Securities, free and
clear of any liens, encumbrances, equities, security interests and claims;

                              (xii) To the best of their knowledge, there are no
claims, actions, suits, proceedings, arbitrations, investigations or inquiries
before any governmental agency, court or tribunal, foreign or domestic, or
before any private arbitration tribunal, pending or threatened against the
Company or involving its properties or business, other than as described in the
Prospectus, such description being accurate, and other than litigation incident
to the kind of business conducted by the Company which, individually and in the
aggregate, is not material, and, except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus
and the Registration Statement, the Company has complied with all federal and
state laws, statutes and regulations concerning its business;

                              (xiii) Such counsel is familiar with all contracts
or other agreements entered into by the Company with other Canadian companies,
entities, banking institutions or individuals referred to in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus, including the employment agreement with Louis
Aldrovandi, its President (collectively, the "Canadian Agreements"), and all
such Canadian Agreements are valid, binding and enforceable under Canadian law,
and to the knowledge of such counsel, the Company is not in default under any of
the Canadian Agreements;

                              (xiv) The description in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus of statutes, regulations, contracts and other
documents have been reviewed by them, and, based upon such review, are accurate
in all material respects and present fairly the information required to be
disclosed, and to the best of our knowledge, there are no material statutes or
regulations, or, to the best of our knowledge, material contracts or documents,
of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, which are
not so described or filed as required.



                                       19

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                              (xv) The Company is not in violation of or in
default under its Articles of Incorporation or by-laws, or to the knowledge of
such counsel, in the performance or observance of any material obligation,
agreement, covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or other
evidence of indebtedness or in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement
or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its
properties may be bound, or in violation of any material order, rule,
regulation, writ, injunction or decree of any government or governmental
instrumentality or court; and

                              (xvi) They have participated in reviews and
discussions in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus. Although they are not passing upon and do not assume
responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements
contained in the Registration Statement, no facts came to their attention which
lead them to believe that (A) the Registration Statement (except as to the
financial statements and other financial data contained therein, as to which
they express no opinion), on the Effective Date, contained any untrue statement
of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading, or that (B) the Prospectus (except as to the financial
statements and other financial data contained therein, as to which we express no
opinion) contains any untrue statement or a material fact or omits to state any
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

               (d) On or prior to the Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriters
shall have been furnished such documents, certificates and opinions as they may
reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to review the matters
referred to in subparagraphs (e) and (f) of this Paragraph 9, or in order to
evidence the accuracy, completeness or satisfaction of any of the
representations, warranties or conditions herein contained.

               (e) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters relating to
this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related
matters shall be satisfactory to or approved by Singer Zamansky, LLP, counsel to
the Underwriter.

               (f) You shall have received a letter prior to the Effective Date
and again on and as of the First Closing Date from Schwartz Levitsky Feldman,
independent public accountants for the Company, substantially in the form
reasonably acceptable to you, providing you with such "cold comfort" as you may
reasonably require.

               (g) At the Closing Date, (i) the representations and warranties
of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all
material respects with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date
taking into account for the Option Closing Date the effect of the transactions
contemplated hereby and the Company shall have performed all of its obligations
hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be satisfied at or
prior to such Closing Date; (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all statements which are
required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the



                                       20

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Rules and Regulations, and shall in all material respects conform to the
requirements thereof, and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus
nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (iii) there shall
have been, since the respective dates as of which information is given, no
material adverse change, or to the Company knowledge, any development involving
a prospective material adverse change, in the business, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise), results of operations, capital stock, long-term or
short-term debt or general affairs of the Company from that set forth in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except changes which the Registration
Statement and Prospectus indicate might occur after the effective date of the
Registration Statement, and the Company shall not have incurred any material
liabilities or entered into any material agreement not in the ordinary course of
business other than as referred to in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;
(iv) except as set forth in the Prospectus, no action, suit or proceeding at law
or in equity shall be pending or threatened against the Company which would be
required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, and no proceedings shall
be pending or threatened against the Company before or by any commission, board
or administrative agency in the United States or elsewhere, wherein an
unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would materially and adversely affect
the business, property, condition (financial or otherwise), results of
operations or general affairs of the Company, and (v) you shall have received,
at the First Closing Date, a certificate signed by each of the President and the
principal operating officer of the Company, dated as of the First Closing Date,
evidencing compliance with the provisions of this subsection (g).

               (i) Upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option provided for in
Section 2(b) hereof, the obligations of the Underwriter to purchase and pay for
the Option Securities referred to therein will be subject (as of the date hereof
and as of the Option Closing Date) to the following additional conditions:

               (j) The Registration Statement shall remain effective at the
Option Closing Date, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof
shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been
instituted or shall be pending, or, to your knowledge or the knowledge of the
Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission, and any reasonable request on
the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied
with to the satisfaction of the Commission.

               (k) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been delivered to
you the signed opinion of Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, counsel to the Company,
dated as of the Option Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Singer Zamansky, LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, which opinion
shall be substantially the same in scope and substance as the opinion furnished
to you at the First Closing Date pursuant to Sections 4(b) hereof, except that
such opinion, where appropriate, shall cover the Option Securities.

               (l) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been delivered to
you the signed opinion of Grubner, Krauss, Canadian counsel to the Company,
dated as of the Option Closing Date,




                                       21

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Singer Zamansky, LLP, counsel
to the Underwriter, which opinion shall be substantially the same in scope and
substance as the opinion furnished to you at the First Closing Date pursuant to
Sections 4(c) hereof, except that such opinion, where appropriate, shall cover
the Option Securities.

               (m) At the Option Closing Date there shall have be delivered to
you a certificate of the President and the principal operating officer of the
Company, dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Singer Zamansky, LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, substantially
the same in scope and substance as the certificate furnished to you at the First
Closing Date pursuant to Section 4(g) hereof.

               (n) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been delivered to
you a letter in form and substance satisfactory to you from Schwartz Levitsky
Feldman, dated the Option Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriter
confirming the information in their letter referred to in Section 4(f) hereof
and stating that nothing has come to their attention during the period from the
ending date of their review referred to in said letter to a date not more than
five business days prior to the Option Closing Date, which would require any
change in said letter if it were required to be dated the Option Closing Date.

               (o) All proceedings taken at or prior to the Option Closing Date
in connection with the sale and issuance of the Option Securities shall be
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you, and you and Singer
Zamansky, LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, shall have been furnished with all
such documents, certificates, and opinions as you may reasonably request in
connection with this transaction in order to evidence the accuracy and
completeness of any of the representations, warranties or statements of the
Company or its compliance with any of the covenants or conditions contained
herein.

               (p) No action shall have been taken by the Commission or the NASD
the effect of which would make it improper, at any time prior to the Closing
Date, for members of the NASD to execute transactions (as principal or agent) in
the Securities and no proceedings for the taking of such action shall have been
instituted or shall be pending, or, to the knowledge of the Underwriter or the
Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission or the NASD. The Company and
the Underwriter represent that at the date hereof each has no knowledge that any
such action is in fact contemplated against it by the Commission or the NASD.

               (q) If any of the conditions herein provided for in this Section
shall not have been fulfilled in all material respects as of the date indicated,
this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriter under this Agreement may
be canceled at, or at any time prior to, each Closing Date by the Underwriter
notifying the Company of such cancellation in writing or by telegram at or prior
to the applicable Closing Date. Any such cancellation shall be without liability
of the Underwriter to the Company.



                                       22

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



           5. Conditions of the Obligations of the Company, The obligation of
the Company to sell and deliver the Securities is subject to the following
conditions:

               (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
later than 10:00 A.M. New York time, on the day following the date of this
Agreement, or on such later date as the Company and the Underwriter may agree in
writing.

               (b) At the Closing Dates, no stop orders suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the Act
or any proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

               If the conditions to the obligations of the Company provided for
in this Section have been fulfilled on the First Closing Date but are not
fulfilled after the First Closing Date and prior to the Option Closing Date,
then only the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver the Securities on
exercise of the Over-Allotment Option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall
be affected.

        6.     Indemnification.

               (a) The Company agrees (i) to indemnify and hold harmless the
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against
any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (which shall, for
all purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all reasonable
costs of defense and investigation and all reasonable attorneys' fees), to which
such Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, and (ii) to reimburse, as incurred, the Underwriter and such
controlling persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third party
witness in connection with any losses, claims, damages or liabilities; insofar
as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
relating to (i) and (ii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in (A) the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, (B) any blue sky application or other document executed by
the Company specifically for that purpose containing written information
specifically furnished by the Company and filed in any state or other
jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the Securities under the
securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information being
hereinafter called a "Blue Sky Application"), or arise out of or are based upon
the omission or alleged omission to state in the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or
in any Blue Sky Application, a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that
the Company will not be required to indemnify the Underwriter and any
controlling person or be liable in any such case to the extent, but only to the
extent, that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter specifically for use
in the preparation of the Registration Statement or any such



                                       23

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


amendment or supplement thereof or any such Blue Sky Application or any such
preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement
thereto, provided, further that the indemnity with respect to any Preliminary
Prospectus shall not be applicable on account of any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or litigation arising from the sale of Securities to any person if a
copy of the Prospectus was not delivered to such person at or prior to the
written confirmation of the sale to such person. This indemnity will be in
addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

               (b) The Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company,
each of its directors, each nominee (if any) for director named in the
Prospectus, each of its officers who have signed the Registration Statement and
each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act,
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (which shall, for all
purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all costs of defense
and investigation and reasonable attorneys' fees) to which the Company or any
such director, nominee, officer or controlling person may become subject under
the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or any Blue Sky Application in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter
specifically for use in the preparation thereof and for any violation by the
Underwriter in the sale of such Securities of any applicable state or federal
law or any rule, regulation or instruction thereunder relating to violations
based on unauthorized statements by Underwriter or its representative; provided
that such violation is not based upon any violation of such law, rule or
regulation or instruction by the party claiming indemnification or inaccurate or
misleading information furnished by the Company or its representatives,
including information furnished to the Underwriter as contemplated herein. This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Underwriter
may otherwise have.

               (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party
under this Section, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve
it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than
under this Section. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified
party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that
it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to
assume the defense thereof, subject to the provisions herein stated, with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from
the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of



                                       24

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not
be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other
expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the
defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The indemnified
party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall not be at the expense of the indemnifying party if the indemnifying party
has assumed the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the indemnified party; provided that the reasonable fees and expenses of such
counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party if (i) the employment
of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying
party or (ii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded
parties) include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and in
the reasonable judgment of the counsel to the indemnified party, it is advisable
for the indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel (in which case
the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such
action on behalf of such indemnified party, it being understood, however, that
the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or
separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction
arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys for the
indemnified party, which firm shall be designated in writing by the indemnified
party). No settlement of any action against an indemnified party shall be made
without the consent of the indemnified party, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld in light of all factors of importance to such indemnified party. If it
is ultimately determined that indemnification is not permitted, then an
indemnified party will return all monies advanced to the indemnifying party.

        7.     Contribution.

               In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under the
Act in any case in which the indemnification provided in Section 6 hereof is
requested but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or
decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal
or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be
enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that the express provisions of
Section 6 provide for indemnification in such case, then the Company and each
person who controls the Company, in the aggregate, and the Underwriter shall
contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they
may be subject (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but
not be limited to, all reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all
reasonable attorneys' fees) (after contribution from others) in such proportions
that the Underwriter is responsible in the aggregate for that portion of such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities represented by the percentage that the
underwriting discount for each of the Securities appearing on the cover page of
the Prospectus bears to the public offering price appearing thereon and the
Company shall be responsible for the remaining portion; provided, however, that
if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law then allocated in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect relative benefits but also the relative
fault of the Company and the Underwriter and controlling persons, in the
aggregate, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
damages and other relevant equitable considerations shall also be considered.
The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things,



                                       25

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



whether in the case of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to
state a material fact, such statement or omission relates to information
supplied by the Company or the Underwriter and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriter agree that it
would not be just and equitable if the respective obligations of the Company and
the Underwriter to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 were to be determined
by pro rata or per capita allocation of the aggregate damages or by any other
method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to in this Section 7. No person guilty of a fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. As used in this paragraph, the word "Company" includes any
officer, director, or person who controls the Company within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act. If the full amount of the contribution specified in this
paragraph is not permitted by law, then the Underwriter and each person who
controls the Underwriter shall be entitled to contribution from the Company, its
officers, directors and controlling persons, and the Company, its officers,
directors and controlling persons shall be entitled to contribution from the
Underwriter to the full extent permitted by law. The foregoing contribution
agreement shall in no way affect the contribution liabilities of any persons
having liability under Section 11 of the Act other than the Company and the
Underwriter. No contribution shall be requested with regard to the settlement of
any matter from any party who did not consent to the settlement; provided,
however, that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in light of all
factors of importance to such party.

        8.     Costs and Expenses.

               (a) Whether or not this Agreement becomes effective or the sale
of the Securities to the Underwriter is consummated, the Company will pay all
costs and expenses incident to the performance of this Agreement by the Company
including, but not limited to, the fees and expenses of counsel to the Company
and of the Company's accountants; the costs and expenses incident to the
preparation, printing, filing and distribution under the Act of the Registration
Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments and
exhibits thereto), Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, the fee of the NASD in connection with the filing required by the
NASD relating to the offering of the Securities contemplated hereby; all
expenses, including reasonable fees not to exceed $35,000 and disbursements of
counsel to the Underwriter, in connection with the qualification of the
Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws which the Underwriter
shall designate; the cost of printing and furnishing to the Underwriter copies
of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, this
Agreement, and the Blue Sky Memorandum, any fees relating to the listing of the
Securities, Common Stock and Warrants on Nasdaq or any other securities
exchange, the cost of printing the certificates representing the Securities;
fees for bound volumes and prospectus memorabilia and the fees of the transfer
agent and warrant agent. The Company shall pay any and all taxes (including any
transfer, franchise, capital stock or other tax imposed by any jurisdiction) on
sales to the Underwriter hereunder. The Company will also pay all costs and
expenses incident to the furnishing of any amended Prospectus or of any



                                       26

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



supplement to be attached to the Prospectus as called for in Section 3(a) of
this Agreement except as otherwise set forth in said Section.

               (b) In addition to the foregoing expenses, the Company shall at
the First Closing Date pay to the Underwriter a non-accountable expense
allowance of $156,750. In the event the overallotment option is exercised, the
Company shall pay to the Underwriter at the Option Closing Date an additional
amount in the aggregate equal to 3% of the gross proceeds received upon exercise
of the overallotment option. In the event the transactions contemplated hereby
are not consummated by reason of any action by the Underwriter (except if such
prevention is based upon a breach by the Company of any covenant, representation
or warranty contained herein or because any other condition to the Underwriter's
obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled)
the Company shall not be liable for any expenses of the Underwriter, including
the Underwriter's legal fees. In the event the transactions contemplated hereby
are not consummated by reason of the Company being unable to perform its
obligations hereunder in all material respects, the Company shall be liable for
the actual accountable out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriter, including
reasonable legal fees.

               (c) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, no person
is entitled either directly or indirectly to compensation from the Company, from
the Underwriter or from any other person for services as a finder in connection
with the proposed offering, and the Company agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Underwriter, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,
joint or several (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but
not be limited to, all costs of defense and investigation and all reasonable
attorneys' fees), to which the Underwriter or person may become subject insofar
as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arise out of or are based upon the claim of any person (other than an employee
of the party claiming indemnity) or entity that he or it is entitled to a
finder's fee in connection with the proposed offering by reason of such person's
or entity's influence or prior contact with the indemnifying party.

        9.     Effective Date.

               The Agreement shall become effective upon its execution except
that you may, at your option, delay its effectiveness until 11:00 A.M., New York
time on the first full business day following the effective date of the
Registration Statement, or at such earlier time on such business day after the
effective date of the Registration Statement as you in your discretion shall
first commence the public offering of the Securities. The time of the initial
public offering shall mean the time of release by you of the first newspaper
advertisement with respect to the Securities, or the time when the Securities
are first generally offered by you to dealers by letter or telegram, whichever
shall first occur. This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time before it
becomes effective as provided above, except that Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 12, 13,
14 and 15 shall remain in effect notwithstanding such termination.

        10.     Termination.





                                       27

<PAGE>
<PAGE>










               (a) After this Agreement becomes effective, this Agreement,
except for Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14 and 15 hereof, may be terminated
at any time prior to the First Closing Date, by you if in your judgment (i)
trading in securities on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock
Exchange having been suspended or limited, (ii) material governmental
restrictions have been imposed on trading in securities generally (not in force
and effect on the date hereof), (iii) a banking moratorium has been declared by
federal or New York state authorities, (iv) an outbreak of major international
hostilities involving the United States or other substantial national or
international calamity has occurred, (v) a pending or threatened legal or
governmental proceeding or action relating generally to the Company's business,
or a notification has been received by the Company of the threat of any such
proceeding or action, which would materially adversely affect the Company; (vi)
the passage by the Congress of the United States or by any state legislative
body of similar impact, of any act or measure, or the adoption of any orders,
rules or regulations by any governmental body or any authoritative accounting
institute or board, or any governmental executive, which is reasonably believed
likely by the Underwriter to have a material adverse impact on the business,
financial condition or financial statements of the Company; or (vii) any
material adverse change having occurred, since the respective dates of which
information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, in the
earnings, business prospects or general condition of the Company, financial or
otherwise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

               (b) If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming
effective or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 10, the
Company shall be promptly notified by you, by telephone or telegram, confirmed
by letter.

        11.    Purchase Option.

               At or before the First Closing Date, the Company will sell the
Underwriter or its designees for a consideration of $10, and upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the form of Purchase Option annexed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, a Purchase Option to purchase an aggregate of 125,000
shares of Common Stock and 150,000 Warrants. In the event of conflict in the
terms of this Agreement and the Purchase Option with respect to language
relating to the Purchase Option, the language of the Purchase Option shall
control.

        12.    Representations and Warranties of the Underwriter.

               The Underwriter represents and warrants to the Company that it is
registered as a broker-dealer in all jurisdictions in which it is offering the
Securities and that it will comply with all applicable state or federal laws
relating to the sale of the Securities, including but not limited to, violations
based on unauthorized statements by the Underwriter or its representatives.




                                       28

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          13.  Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.

               The respective indemnities, agreements, representations,
warranties and other statements of the Company and the Underwriter and the
undertakings set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full
force and effect until three years from the date of this Agreement, regardless
of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriter, the Company or any
of its officers or directors or any controlling person and will survive delivery
of and payment of the Securities and the termination of this Agreement.

        14.    Notice.

               Any communications specifically required hereunder to be in
writing, if sent to the Representative, will be mailed, delivered or telecopied
and confirmed to them at Monroe Parker Securities, Inc., 2500 Westchester
Avenue, Purchase, New York 10577, with a copy sent to Singer Zamansky LLP, 40
Exchange Place, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Gregory Sichenzia, or if
sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telecopied and confirmed to it
at 7135 Islington Avenue, Woodbridge, Ontario, Canada L4L 1V9, with a copy sent
to Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, 950 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022. Notice
shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard
form of telecommunication.

        15.    Parties in Interest.

               The Agreement herein set forth is made solely for the benefit of
the Underwriter, the Company, any person controlling the Company or the
Underwriter, and directors of the Company, nominees for directors (if any) named
in the Prospectus, its officers who have signed the Registration Statement, and
their respective executors, administrators, successors, assigns and no other
person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The
term "successors and assigns" shall not include any purchaser, as such
purchaser, from the Underwriter of the Securities.

        16.    Applicable Law.

               This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, of the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to
be entirely performed within New York.

        17.    Counterparts.

               This agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each
of which shall be deemed to constitute an original and shall become effective
when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and
delivered to the other parties (including by fax, followed by original copies by
overnight mail).




                                       29

<PAGE>
<PAGE>








        18.    Entire Agreement; Amendments.

               This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
hereto and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements, understandings and
negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not
be amended except in writing, signed by the Underwriter and the Company.

               If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, kindly sign and return this agreement, whereupon it will become a
binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriter in accordance with its
terms.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            LIFTKING INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                            By:
                                               _________________________________
                                               Name:  Louis Aldrovandi
                                               Title: President

               The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and
accepted as of the date first above written.

                                            MONROE PARKER SECURITIES, INC.

                                            By:
                                               _________________________________
                                               Name:  Stephen J. Drescher
                                               Title: Director Corporate Finance


                                       30



<PAGE>



<PAGE>

                         FINANCIAL CONSULTING AGREEMENT

               Agreement made this ____ day of _______, 1997 by and between
Monroe Parker Securities, Inc. ("Consultant") and LiftKing Industries, Inc. (the
"Company").

               WHEREAS, the Company desires to obtain Consultant's consulting
services in connection with the Company's business and financial affairs, and
Consultant is willing to render such services as hereinafter more fully set
forth.

               NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

               1. The Company hereby engages and retains Consultant and
Consultant hereby agrees to use its best efforts, to render to the Company the
consulting services hereinafter described for a period of two years commencing
as of, and conditioned upon, the closing of the underwriting contemplated in the
Registration Statement on Form SB-2, No. 333-_______, declared effective by the
Securities and Exchange Commission on __________, 1997.

               2. Consultant's services hereunder shall consist of consultations
with the Company concerning investment banking and other financial matters to be
determined by the Company.

               3. The Company agrees that Consultant shall not be precluded
during the term of this Agreement from providing other consulting services or
engaging in any other business activities whether or not such consulting
services or business activities are pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary
advantage and whether or not such consulting activities are in direct or
indirect competition with the business activities of the Company.

   
               4. The Company agrees to pay to Consultant for its services
hereunder the sum of $26,125. The Company agrees that the entire sum due to
Consultant hereunder shall be paid in full on the date hereof.
    

               5. Consultant shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company
of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as Consultant may incur in performing
services under this Agreement.

               6. All final decisions with respect to consultations or services
rendered by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement shall be those of the Company,
and there shall be no liability on the part of the Consultant in respect
thereof. This Agreement and the Underwriting Agreement dated __________, 1997
contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and there are no representations or warranties other than as
shall be herein or therein set forth. No waiver or modification hereof shall be
valid unless in writing. No waiver of any term, provision or condition of this
Agreement, in any one or more instance, shall constitute a waiver of any other
provision thereof, whether or not similar, nor shall such waiver constitute a
continuing



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



waiver.

               7. This Agreement shall be governed, construed and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the
principals of conflicts of laws.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the agreement
to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

                                         LIFTKING INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                         By:____________________________
                                            Name:  Louis Aldrovandi
                                            Title: President

                                         MONROE PARKER SECURITIES, INC.

                                         By:___________________________
                                            Name:  Stephen J. Drescher
                                            Title: Director of Corporate Finance



                                       2


<PAGE>




<PAGE>


   
                               Option to Purchase
                         125,000 Shares of Common Stock
                                       and
            150,000 Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants
    

                            LIFTKING INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                 PURCHASE OPTION

                              Dated: _____ __, 1997

   
        THIS CERTIFIES that Monroe Parker Securities, Inc., 2500 Westchester
Avenue, Purchase, NY 10577 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Holder"),
is entitled to purchase from LIFTKING INDUSTRIES, INC. (hereinafter referred to
as the "Company"), at the prices and during the periods as hereinafter
specified, up to 125,000 shares of Common Stock ("Common Stock"), and 150,000
Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants ("Warrants"). Each Warrant
entitles the registered holder thereof to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock
at an exercise price of $4.50 per share. The Warrants are exercisable for a
three year period, commencing ______ __, 1998 (one (1) year from the Effective
Date). Hereinafter, shares of Common Stock and Warrants shall be referred to as
an "Option Securities" or "Securities."

        The Securities have been registered under a Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 (File No. 333-_______) declared effective by the Securities and
Exchange Commission on _____ __, 1997 (the "Registration Statement"). This
Option (the "Option") to purchase the Securities was originally issued pursuant
to an Underwriting Agreement between the Company and Monroe Parker Securities,
Inc. as underwriter (the "Underwriter"), in connection with a public offering of
1,250,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,500,000 Warrants (collectively, the
"Public Securities") through the Underwriter, in consideration of $10 received
for the Option.
    

        Except as specifically otherwise provided herein, the Common Stock and
the Warrants issued pursuant to this Option shall bear the same terms and
conditions as described under the caption "Description of Securities" in the
Registration Statement, and the Warrants shall be governed by the terms of the
Warrant Agreement dated as of _____ __, 1997, executed in connection with such
public offering (the "Warrant Agreement"), except that the holder shall have
registration rights under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),
for the Option, the Common Stock and the Warrants included in the Option, and
the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants, as more fully described in
paragraph 6 of this Option. In the event of any reduction of the exercise price
of the Warrants included in the Public Securities, the same changes to the
Warrants included in the Option and the components thereof shall be
simultaneously effected.



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        1. The rights represented by this Option shall be exercised at the
prices, subject to adjustment in accordance with paragraph 8 of this Option, and
during the periods as follows:

   
               (a) Between ______ __, 1998 (one (1) year from the Effective
Date) and ____ __, 2001, inclusive, the Holder shall have the option to purchase
shares of Common Stock and Warrants hereunder at a price of $6.60 per share and
$0.25 per Warrant, respectively, subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph 8
hereof (the "Exercise Price").

               (b) After _____ __, 2001, the Holder shall have no right to
purchase any shares of Common Stock hereunder.
    

        2. The rights represented by this Option may be exercised at any time
within the period above specified, in whole or in part, by (i) the surrender of
this Option (with the purchase form at the end hereof properly executed) at the
principal executive office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the
Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of
the Holder appearing on the books of the Company); (ii) payment to the Company
of the Exercise Price then in effect for the number of Option Securities
specified in the above-mentioned purchase form together with applicable stock
transfer taxes, if any; and (iii) delivery to the Company of a duly executed
agreement signed by the person(s) designated in the purchase form to the effect
that such person(s) agree(s) to be bound by the provisions of paragraph 6 and
subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of paragraph 7 hereof. This Option shall be
deemed to have been exercised, in whole or in part to the extent specified,
immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Option is
surrendered and payment is made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of
this paragraph 2, and the person or persons in whose name or names the
certificates for shares of Common Stock and Warrants shall be issuable upon such
exercise shall become the holder or holders of record of such Common Stock and
Warrants at that time and date. The Common Stock and Warrants and the
certificates for the Common Stock and Warrants so purchased shall be delivered
to the Holder within a reasonable time, not exceeding ten (10) days, after the
rights represented by this Option shall have been so exercised.

        3. This Option shall not be transferred, sold, assigned, or hypothecated
for a period of one (1) year from the Effective Date, except that it may be
transferred to successors of the Holder, and may be assigned in whole or in part
to any person who is an officer of the Holder or selling group member of the
offering during such period. Any transfer after one (1) year must be accompanied
with an immediate exercise of the Option. Any such assignment shall be effected
by the Holder (i) executing the form of assignment at the end hereof and (ii)
surrendering this Option for cancellation at the office or agency of the Company
referred to in paragraph 2 hereof, accompanied by a certificate (signed by an
officer of the Holder if the Holder is a corporation), stating that each
transferee is a permitted transferee under this paragraph 3 hereof; whereupon
the Company shall issue, in the name or names specified by the Holder (including
the Holder) a new Option or Options of like tenor and representing in the
aggregate rights to purchase the same number of Option Securities as are
purchasable hereunder.



                                       2

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



        4. The Company covenants and agrees that all shares of Common Stock
which may be issued as part of the Option Securities purchased hereunder and the
Common Stock which may be issued upon exercise of the Warrants will, upon
issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Company
further covenants and agrees that during the periods within which this Option
may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved a
sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of
this Option and that it will have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of
shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants included in
the Option Securities.

        5. This Option shall not entitle the Holder to any voting, dividend, or
other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

        6. (a) During the period set forth in paragraph l(a) hereof, the Company
shall advise the Holder or its transferee, whether the Holder holds the Option
or has exercised the Option and holds Option Securities or any of the securities
underlying the Option Securities, by written notice at least 20 days prior to
the filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or of
any new registration statement or post-effective amendment thereto under the Act
covering any securities of the Company, for its own account or for the account
of others (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any
successor forms thereto), and will for a period of five years from the effective
date of the Registration Statement, upon the request of the Holder within 10
days of the receipt of the Company's notice, include in any such post-effective
amendment or registration statement, such information as may be required to
permit a public offering of the Option, all or any of the Common Stock or
Warrants, or the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants (the
"Registrable Securities"). The Company shall supply prospectuses and such other
documents as the Holder may request in order to facilitate the public sale or
other disposition of the Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to
register and qualify any of the Registrable Securities for sale in such states
as such Holder designates provided that the Company shall not be required to
qualify as a foreign corporation or a dealer in securities or execute a general
consent to service of process in any jurisdiction in any action and do any and
all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or desirable to
enable such Holders to consummate the public sale or other disposition of the
Registrable Securities, and furnish indemnification in the manner provided in
paragraph 7 hereof. The Holder shall furnish information and indemnification as
set forth in paragraph 7 except that the maximum amount which may be recovered
from the Holder shall be limited to the amount of proceeds received by the
Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities. The Company shall use its
best efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed
underwritten offering to permit the holders of Registrable Securities requested
to be included in the registration to include such securities in such
underwritten offering on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities
of the Company included therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the managing
underwriter or underwriters of such offering advises the holders of Registrable
Securities that the total amount of securities which they intend to include in
such offering is such as to materially and adversely affect the success of such
offering, then the amount of securities to be offered for the accounts of
holders of Registrable Securities shall be eliminated, reduced, or limited to
the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in
such offering to the amount, if



                                       3

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



any, recommended by such managing underwriter or underwriters (any such
reduction or limitation in the total amount of Registrable Securities to be
included in such offering to be borne by the holders of Registrable Securities
proposed to be included therein pro rata). The Holder will pay its own legal
fees and expenses and any underwriting discounts and commissions on the
securities sold by such Holder and shall not be responsible for any other
expenses of such registration.

               (b) If any 50% holder (as defined below) shall give notice to the
Company at any time during the period set forth in paragraph l(a) hereof to the
effect that such holder desires to register under the Act this Option or any of
the underlying securities contained in the Option Securities underlying the
Option under such circumstances that a public distribution (within the meaning
of the Act) of any such securities will be involved then the Company will
promptly, but no later than 60 days after receipt of such notice, file a
post-effective amendment to the current Registration Statement or a new
registration statement pursuant to the Act, to the end that the Option and/or
any of the Securities underlying the Option Securities may be publicly sold
under the Act as promptly as practicable thereafter and the Company will use its
best efforts to cause such registration to become and remain effective for a
period of 120 days (including the taking of such steps as are reasonably
necessary to obtain the removal of any stop order); provided that such holder
shall furnish the Company with appropriate information in connection therewith
as the Company may reasonably request in writing. The 50% holder (which for
purposes hereof shall mean any direct or indirect transferee of such holder)
may, at its option, request the filing of a post-effective amendment to the
current Registration Statement or a new registration statement under the Act
with respect to the Registrable Securities on only one occasion during the term
of this Option. The Holder may at its option request the registration of the
Option and/or any of the securities underlying the Option in a registration
statement made by the Company as contemplated by Section 6(a) or in connection
with a request made pursuant to this Section 6(b) prior to acquisition of the
Securities issuable upon exercise of the Option and even though the Holder has
not given notice of exercise of the Option. The 50% holder may, at its option,
request such post-effective amendment or new registration statement during the
described period with respect to the Option or separately as to the Common Stock
and/or Warrants included in the Option and/or the Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of the Warrants, and such registration rights may be exercised by the
50% holder prior to or subsequent to the exercise of the Option. Within ten
business days after receiving any such notice pursuant to this subsection (b) of
paragraph 6, the Company shall give notice to the other holders of the Options,
advising that the Company is proceeding with such post-effective amendment or
registration statement and offering to include therein the securities underlying
the Options of the other holders. Each holder electing to include its
Registrable Securities in any such offering shall provide written notice to the
Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of notice from the Company. The
failure to provide such notice to the Company shall be deemed conclusive
evidence of such holder's election not to include its Registrable Securities in
such offering. Each holder electing to include its Registrable Securities shall
furnish the Company with such appropriate information (relating to the
intentions of such holders) in connection therewith as the Company shall
reasonably request in writing. All costs and expenses of only one such
post-effective amendment or new registration statement shall be borne by the
Company, except that the holders shall bear the



                                       4

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


fees of their own counsel and any underwriting discounts or commissions
applicable to any of the securities sold by them.



                      The Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing of
any registration statement pursuant to this Section 6(b) otherwise required to
be prepared and filed by it if (i) the Company is engaged in a material
acquisition, reorganization, or divestiture, (ii) the Company is currently
engaged in a self-tender or exchange offer and the filing of a registration
statement would cause a violation of Rule 10b-6 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, (iii) the Company is engaged in an underwritten offering and the
managing underwriter has advised the Company in writing that such a registration
statement would have a material adverse effect on the consummation of such
offering or (iv) the Company is subject to an underwriter's lock-up as a result
of an underwritten public offering and such underwriter has refused in writing,
the Company's request to waive such lock-up. In the event of such postponement,
the Company shall be required to file the registration statement pursuant to
this Section 6(b), within 60 days of the consummation of the event requiring
such postponement.

                      The Company will use its best efforts to maintain such
registration statement or post-effective amendment current under the Act for a
period of at least six months (and for up to an additional three months if
requested by the Holder) from the effective date thereof. The Company shall
supply prospectuses, and such other documents as the Holder may reasonably
request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the
Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to register and qualify any of the
Registrable Securities for sale in such states as such holder designates,
provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign
corporation or a dealer in securities or execute a general consent to service of
process in any jurisdiction in any action and furnish indemnification in the
manner provided in paragraph 7 hereof.

               (c) The term "50% holder" as used in this paragraph 6 shall mean
the holder of at least 50% of the Common Stock and the Warrants underlying the
Option (considered in the aggregate) and shall include any owner or combination
of owners of such securities, which ownership shall be calculated by determining
the number of shares of Common Stock held by such owner or owners as well as the
number of shares then issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

        7. (a) Whenever pursuant to paragraph 6 a registration statement
relating to the Option or any shares or warrants issued or issuable upon the
exercise of any Options, is filed under the Act, amended or supplemented, the
Company will indemnify and hold harmless each holder of the securities covered
by such registration statement, amendment, or supplement (such holder being
hereinafter called the "Distributing Holder"), and each person, if any, who
controls (within the meaning of the Act) the Distributing Holder, and each
underwriter (within the meaning of the Act) of such securities and each person,
if any, who controls (within the meaning of the Act) any such underwriter,
against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, joint or several, to which
the Distributing Holder, any such controlling person or any such underwriter may
become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are
based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any



                                       5

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

material fact contained in any such registration statement or any preliminary
prospectus or final prospectus constituting a part thereof or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading; and will reimburse the Distributing Holder
and each such controlling person and underwriter for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by the Distributing Holder or such controlling person or
underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be
liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or
liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in said registration statement,
said preliminary prospectus, said final prospectus, or said amendment or
supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
by such Distributing Holder or any other Distributing Holder, for use in the
preparation thereof.

               (b) The Distributing Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the
Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed said
registration statement and such amendments and supplements thereto, each person,
if any, who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Act) against any
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, joint and several, to which the Company
or any such director, officer, or controlling person may become subject, under
the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities
arise out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in said registration statement, said preliminary
prospectus, said final prospectus, or said amendment or supplement, or arise out
of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent that
such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission was made in said registration statement, said preliminary prospectus,
said final prospectus, or said amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished by such Distributing Holder for
use in the preparation thereof; and will reimburse the Company or any such
director, officer, or controlling person for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action.

               (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
paragraph 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying
party, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof; but the
omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any
liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this
Paragraph 7.

               (d) In case any such action is brought against any indemnified
party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that
it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to
assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such
indemnified party of its



                                       6

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be
liable to such indemnified party under this paragraph 7 for any legal or other
expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the
defense thereof.

        8. The Exercise Price in effect at any time and the number and kind of
securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Option shall be subject to
adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as follows:

               (a) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend or make a
distribution on its outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common
Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock into
a greater number of shares, or (iii) combine or reclassify its outstanding
shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price in
effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or of
the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be
adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Exercise
Price by a fraction, the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to such action, and the numerator
of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
prior to such action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the
Warrant Agreement, in the event an adjustment to the Exercise Price is effected
pursuant to this Subsection (a) (and a corresponding adjustment to the number of
Option Securities is made pursuant to Subsection (d) below), the exercise price
of the Warrants shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by
multiplying the exercise price of the Warrants by a fraction, the denominator of
which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
after giving effect to such action and the numerator of which shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such action.
In such event, there shall be no adjustment to the number of shares of Common
Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. Such
adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall
occur.

               (b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance
of rights or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them to
subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into
Common Stock) at a price (the "Subscription Price") (or having a conversion
price per share) less than the current market price of the Common Stock (as
defined in Subsection (e) below) on the record date mentioned below, the
Exercise Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price
determined by multiplying the number of shares then comprising an Option
Securities by the product of the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to
the date of such issuance multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall
be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record
date mentioned below and the number of additional shares of Common Stock which
the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so
offered (or the aggregate conversion price of the convertible securities so
offered) would purchase at such current market price per share of the Common
Stock, and the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding on such record date and the number of additional shares
of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the
convertible securities so offered are convertible). Such adjustment shall



                                       7

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



be made successively whenever such rights or warrants are issued and shall
become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of
shareholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants; and to the extent that
shares of Common Stock are not delivered (or securities convertible into Common
Stock are not delivered) after the expiration of such rights or warrants the
Exercise Price shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in
effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants
been made upon the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common
Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) actually delivered.

               (c) In case the Company shall hereafter distribute to the holders
of its Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness or assets (excluding cash
dividends or distributions and-dividends or distributions referred to in
Subsection (a) above) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those
referred to in Subsection (b) above), then in each such case the Exercise Price
in effect thereafter shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares
then comprising an Option Securities by the product of the Exercise Price in
effect immediately prior thereto multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding multiplied
by the current market price per share of Common Stock (as defined in Subsection
(e) below), less the fair market value (as determined by the Company's Board of
Directors) of said assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed or of such
rights or warrants, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding multiplied by such current market price per
share of Common Stock. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such
a record date is fixed. Such adjustment shall be made whenever any such
distribution is made and shall become effective immediately after the record
date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such
distribution.

               (d) Whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of this
Option is adjusted pursuant to Subsections (a), (b) or (c) above, the number of
Option Securities purchasable upon exercise of this Option shall simultaneously
be adjusted by multiplying the number of Option Securities initially issuable
upon exercise of this Option by the Exercise Price in effect on the date hereof
and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

               (e) For the purpose of any computation under Subsections (b) or
(c) above, the current market price per share of Common Stock at any date shall
be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices for 10 consecutive
business days before such date. The closing price for each day shall be the last
sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such
day, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices regular way, in
either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common
Stock is admitted to trading or listed, or if not listed or admitted to trading
on such exchange, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest reported
asked prices as reported by NASDAQ, or other similar organization if NASDAQ is
no longer reporting such information, or if not so available, the fair market
price as determined by the Board of Directors.




                                       8

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




               (f) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless
such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least fifteen cents
($0.05) in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason
of this Subsection (i) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and
taken into account in any subsequent adjustment required to be made hereunder.
All calculations under this Section 8 shall be made to the nearest cent or to
the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be. Anything in this
Section 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled, but
shall not be required, to make such changes in the Exercise Price, in addition
to those required by this Section 8, as it shall determine, in its sole
discretion, to be advisable in order that any dividend or distribution in shares
of Common Stock, or any subdivision, reclassification or combination of Common
Stock, hereafter made by the Company shall not result in any Federal Income tax
liability to the holders of Common Stock or securities convertible into Common
Stock (including Warrants issuable upon exercise of this Option).

               (g) Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted, as herein provided,
the Company shall promptly, but no later than 10 days after any request for such
an adjustment by the Holder, cause a notice setting forth the adjusted Exercise
Price and adjusted number of Option Securities issuable upon exercise of this
Option and, if requested, information describing the transactions giving rise to
such adjustments, to be mailed to the Holder, at the address set forth herein,
and shall cause a certified copy thereof to be mailed to its transfer agent, if
any. The Company may retain a firm of independent certified public accountants
selected by the Board of Directors (who may be the regular accountants employed
by the Company) to make any computation required by this Section 8, and a
certificate signed by such firm shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness
of such adjustment.

               (h) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment
made pursuant to Subsection (a) above, the Holder thereafter shall become
entitled to receive any shares of the Company, other than Common Stock,
thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this
Option shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms
as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common
Stock contained in Subsections (a) to (g), inclusive above.

               (i) No adjustments shall be made in connection with future public
offerings.

        9. This Agreement shall be governed by and in accordance with the laws
of the State of New York.



                                       9

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LiftKing Industries, Inc. has caused this Option to
be signed by its duly authorized officers under its corporate seal, and this
Option to be dated as of the date first above written.

                                            LIFTKING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                            By: ________________________________
                                                 Louis Aldrovandi
                                                 President

(Corporate Seal)



                                       10

<PAGE>
<PAGE>






                                  PURCHASE FORM

                   (To be signed only upon exercise of option)

        THE UNDERSIGNED, the holder of the foregoing Option, hereby irrevocably
elects to exercise the purchase rights represented by such Option for, and to
purchase thereunder,

________ Shares of Common Stock, of LiftKing Technologies, Inc. and _______
Warrants and herewith makes payment of $______________ therefor, and requests
that the Warrants and certificates for shares of Common Stock be issued in the
name(s) of, and delivered to ______________whose address(es) is (are)
__________________________________________
_____________________________________________.




Dated:



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                  TRANSFER FORM

                 (To be signed only upon transfer of the Option)

        For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers
unto _________________________________ the right to purchase in the numbers set
forth below represented by the foregoing Option to the extent of _____ shares of
Common Stock and ____ Warrants, and appoints _________________________________
attorney to transfer such rights on the books of LiftKing Industries, Inc., with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

                                            By: ______________________________

                                                Address:

                                                ------------------------------

                                                ------------------------------

                                                ------------------------------



In the presence of:


<PAGE>



<PAGE>

               [LETTERHEAD OF SCHWARTZ LEVITSKY FELDMAN]



                  CONSENT OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our reports dated October 4, 1996 and August 15, 1997 in the Registration
Statement (Form SB-2) and related Prospectus of LiftKing Industries Inc. for the
registration of 1,250,000 shares of its common stock and 1,500,000 redeemable
common stock pruchase warrants.

Toronto, Ontario                           SCHWARTZ LEVITSKY FELDMAN
October 23, 1997                            CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS




<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission